WO2021217124A1 - Polyanionic surfactants and methods of making and using thereof - Google Patents

Polyanionic surfactants and methods of making and using thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021217124A1
WO2021217124A1 PCT/US2021/029127 US2021029127W WO2021217124A1 WO 2021217124 A1 WO2021217124 A1 WO 2021217124A1 US 2021029127 W US2021029127 W US 2021029127W WO 2021217124 A1 WO2021217124 A1 WO 2021217124A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
surfactant
less
weight
carbon atoms
group
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2021/029127
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Gayani W. PINNAWALA
Sujeewa S. PALAYANGODA
Gregory A. Winslow
Varadarajan Dwarakanath
Original Assignee
Chevron U.S.A. Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Chevron U.S.A. Inc. filed Critical Chevron U.S.A. Inc.
Priority to EP21791734.3A priority Critical patent/EP4139413A4/en
Priority to CN202180041147.3A priority patent/CN115916924B/en
Priority to CA3180689A priority patent/CA3180689A1/en
Priority to US17/920,973 priority patent/US20230332037A1/en
Priority to MX2022013118A priority patent/MX2022013118A/en
Publication of WO2021217124A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021217124A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K8/00Compositions for drilling of boreholes or wells; Compositions for treating boreholes or wells, e.g. for completion or for remedial operations
    • C09K8/60Compositions for stimulating production by acting on the underground formation
    • C09K8/602Compositions for stimulating production by acting on the underground formation containing surfactants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C309/00Sulfonic acids; Halides, esters, or anhydrides thereof
    • C07C309/01Sulfonic acids
    • C07C309/02Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C309/20Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic unsaturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C309/22Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic unsaturated carbon skeleton containing carboxyl groups bound to the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K8/00Compositions for drilling of boreholes or wells; Compositions for treating boreholes or wells, e.g. for completion or for remedial operations
    • C09K8/58Compositions for enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons, i.e. for improving the mobility of the oil, e.g. displacing fluids
    • C09K8/584Compositions for enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons, i.e. for improving the mobility of the oil, e.g. displacing fluids characterised by the use of specific surfactants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K8/00Compositions for drilling of boreholes or wells; Compositions for treating boreholes or wells, e.g. for completion or for remedial operations
    • C09K8/58Compositions for enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons, i.e. for improving the mobility of the oil, e.g. displacing fluids
    • C09K8/588Compositions for enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons, i.e. for improving the mobility of the oil, e.g. displacing fluids characterised by the use of specific polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K8/00Compositions for drilling of boreholes or wells; Compositions for treating boreholes or wells, e.g. for completion or for remedial operations
    • C09K8/60Compositions for stimulating production by acting on the underground formation
    • C09K8/602Compositions for stimulating production by acting on the underground formation containing surfactants
    • C09K8/604Polymeric surfactants
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K8/00Compositions for drilling of boreholes or wells; Compositions for treating boreholes or wells, e.g. for completion or for remedial operations
    • C09K8/60Compositions for stimulating production by acting on the underground formation
    • C09K8/62Compositions for forming crevices or fractures
    • C09K8/66Compositions based on water or polar solvents
    • C09K8/68Compositions based on water or polar solvents containing organic compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K8/00Compositions for drilling of boreholes or wells; Compositions for treating boreholes or wells, e.g. for completion or for remedial operations
    • C09K8/60Compositions for stimulating production by acting on the underground formation
    • C09K8/84Compositions based on water or polar solvents
    • C09K8/86Compositions based on water or polar solvents containing organic compounds
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E21EARTH OR ROCK DRILLING; MINING
    • E21BEARTH OR ROCK DRILLING; OBTAINING OIL, GAS, WATER, SOLUBLE OR MELTABLE MATERIALS OR A SLURRY OF MINERALS FROM WELLS
    • E21B43/00Methods or apparatus for obtaining oil, gas, water, soluble or meltable materials or a slurry of minerals from wells
    • E21B43/16Enhanced recovery methods for obtaining hydrocarbons
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E21EARTH OR ROCK DRILLING; MINING
    • E21BEARTH OR ROCK DRILLING; OBTAINING OIL, GAS, WATER, SOLUBLE OR MELTABLE MATERIALS OR A SLURRY OF MINERALS FROM WELLS
    • E21B43/00Methods or apparatus for obtaining oil, gas, water, soluble or meltable materials or a slurry of minerals from wells
    • E21B43/25Methods for stimulating production
    • E21B43/26Methods for stimulating production by forming crevices or fractures

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates to polyanionic surfactants, surfactant mixtures that comprise polyanionic surfactants, as well as compositions comprising these surfactants and surfactant mixtures and methods of using thereof, for example, in oil and gas operations.
  • EOR Enhanced oil recovery
  • COR Chemical Enhanced Oil Recovery
  • the polyanionic surfactants can include two or more anionic functional groups (e.g., two or more anionic functional groups selected from carboxylate groups, sulfate groups, sulfonate groups, or any combination thereof).
  • the polyanionic surfactants can include one or more carboxylate groups (e.g., from 1 to 3 carboxylate groups) and one or more sulfonate groups (e.g., from 1 to 2 sulfonate groups).
  • polyanionic surfactants defined by Formula I below
  • HG represents a head group comprising from 1-3 carboxylate moieties
  • R 1 represents a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy; n is an integer from 1 to 8; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an alkyleneoxy group selected from an al
  • AO can represent, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group or a propoxy group.
  • w is an integer from 20 to 110, such as from 30 to 110, from 40 to 110, from 50 to 110, or from 60 to 110.
  • polyanionic surfactant can be defined by Formula IA below
  • HG represents a head group comprising from 1-3 carboxylate moieties; n is an integer from 1 to 8; R 1 represents a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy; BO represents a butyleneoxy group; PO represents a propyleneoxy group
  • z is 0.
  • y is 0 and z is 0.
  • x can be from 5 to 50, such as from 10 to 50, from 20 to 45, from 25 to 45, or from 25 to 40.
  • y can be from 0 to 45, such as from 5 to 45, from 10 to 40, from 15 to 40, from 15 to 30, or from 15 to 25.
  • the ratio of x:(y+z) can be from 0.5:1 to 2:1.
  • the head group can comprise a single carboxylate moiety.
  • the head group can be defined by the formula below or a salt thereof, where m is an integer from 1 to 6.
  • the head group can comprise a carboxylate moiety and a sulfonate moiety.
  • the head group can be defined by the formula below or a salt thereof, where p is an integer from 1 to 5.
  • R 1 can comprise one of the following or a salt thereof, wherein a is an integer from 0 to 32; and b is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of a and b is from 4 to 32.
  • surfactant mixtures comprising two or more polyanionic surfactants.
  • a surfactant mixture comprising:
  • E 1 and E 2 is a sulfonate group and one of E 1 and E 2 is hydroxy; e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and p is an integer from 1 to 5
  • the first surfactant and the second surfactant can be present in the surfactant mixture in varying amounts.
  • the first surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture; the second surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
  • the surfactant mixture can further comprise (c) a third surfactant defined by Formula IV or a salt thereof;
  • Formula V wherein one of D 1 and D 2 is a sulfonate group and one of D 1 and D 2 is hydrogen; one of E 1 and E 2 is a sulfonate group and one of E 1 and E 2 is hydroxy; e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and m is an integer from 1 to 6.
  • the third surfactant and the fourth surfactant can be present in the surfactant mixture in varying amounts.
  • the third surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture;
  • the fourth surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture
  • the surfactant mixture further comprises a fifth surfactant defined by Formula VI or a salt thereof
  • Formula VI wherein e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32;
  • AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group;
  • w is an integer from 1 to 110; and
  • p is an integer from 1 to 5.
  • the fifth surfactant can be present in the surfactant mixture in varying amounts.
  • the fifth surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
  • AO can represent, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group or a propoxy group.
  • w is an integer from 20 to 110, such as from 30 to 110, from 40 to 110, from 50 to 110, or from 60 to 110.
  • the sum of e and f can be from 8 to 22.
  • surfactant packages comprising these polyanionic surfactants and surfactant mixtures, compositions comprising these, and methods of using thereof in oil and gas operations.
  • aqueous compositions that comprise water and one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixture) described herein.
  • the water can comprise sea water, brackish water, fresh water, flowback or produced water, wastewater, river water, lake or pond water, aquifer water, brine, or any combination thereof.
  • the water can comprise hard water or hard brine.
  • the water can comprise at least 10 ppm at least 100 ppm, at least 500 ppm, at least 1,000 ppm, at least 5,000 ppm, or at least 10,000 ppm of divalent metal ions chosen from Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , Sr 2+ , Ba 2+ , or any combination thereof.
  • the water can comprise from 100 ppm to 25,000 ppm of divalent metal ions chosen from Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , Sr 2+ , Ba 2+ , or any combination thereof.
  • the aqueous composition can further comprise one or more co surfactants.
  • the one or more co-surfactants can comprise an anionic surfactant, a non-ionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, a zwitterionic surfactant, or any combination thereof.
  • the one or more co- surfactants can comprise an anionic surfactant, such as a sulfonate, a di sulfonate, a sulfate, a di sulfate, a sulfosuccinate, a disulfosuccinate, a carboxylate, a di carboxyl ate, or any combination thereof.
  • an anionic surfactant such as a sulfonate, a di sulfonate, a sulfate, a di sulfate, a sulfosuccinate, a disulfosuccinate, a carboxylate, a di carboxyl ate, or any combination thereof.
  • the anionic surfactant can comprise one of the following: a branched or unbranched C6-C32:PO(0- 65):EO(0-100)-carboxylate; a C8-C30 alkyl benzene sulfonate (ABS); a sulfosuccinate surfactant; a surfactant defined by the formula below
  • R 1 — R 2 — R 3 wherein R 1 comprises a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-32 carbon atoms and an oxygen atom linking R 1 and R 2 ; R 2 comprises an alkoxylated chain comprising at least one oxide group selected from the group consisting of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide, or any combination thereof; and R 3 comprises a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon chain comprising 2-12 carbon atoms and from 2 to 5 carboxylate groups; or a surfactant defined by the formula below wherein R 4 is, independently for each occurrence, a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-32 carbon atoms; and M represents a counterion.
  • the one or more co-surfactants can comprise a non-ionic surfactant.
  • the non-ionic surfactant can comprise a branched or unbranched C6- C32:PO(0-65):EO(0-100), such as a branched or unbranched C6-C30:PO(30-40):EO(25-35), a branched or unbranched C6-C12:PO(30-40):EO(25-35), or a branched or unbranched C6- C30:EO(8-30).
  • the non-ionic surfactant can have a hydrophilic-lipophilic balance of greater than 10.
  • the composition can further comprise a co-solvent, a polymer (e.g., a viscosity-modifying polymer), a mobility control agent, a friction reducer, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a scale inhibitor, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a chelating agent, a proppant, a wettability alteration chemical, or any combination thereof.
  • a polymer e.g., a viscosity-modifying polymer
  • a mobility control agent e.g., a friction reducer, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a scale inhibitor, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a chelating agent, a proppant, a wett
  • the composition can further comprise a co-solvent (e.g., an alkanol ether, glycol ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether (EGBE), triethylene glycol butyl ether (TGBE), or any combination thereof).
  • a co-solvent e.g., an alkanol ether, glycol ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether (EGBE), triethylene glycol butyl ether (TGBE), or any combination thereof.
  • the composition can further comprise an acid, a base, or a combination thereof.
  • the composition can further comprise a borate-acid buffer.
  • the oil and gas operation can comprise for example, an enhanced oil recovery (EOR) operation (e.g., an improved oil recovery (IOR) operation, a surfactant (S) flooding operation, an alkaline-surfactant (AS) flooding operation, a surfactant-polymer (SP) flooding operation, a alkaline-surfactant-polymer (ASP) flooding operation, a conformance control operation, or any combination thereof), a hydraulic fracturing operation, a wellbore clean-up operation, a stimulation operation, or any combination thereof.
  • EOR enhanced oil recovery
  • IOR improved oil recovery
  • S surfactant
  • AS alkaline-surfactant
  • SP surfactant-polymer
  • ASP alkaline-surfactant-polymer
  • aqueous fluid comprising water and a surfactant package described herein through a wellbore into the subterranean formation.
  • the surfactant package can comprise a polyanionic surfactant (or surfactant mixture) described herein.
  • these aqueous fluids can comprise any of the compositions described herein.
  • the methods of treating the subterranean formation can comprise a stimulation operation.
  • the method can comprise (a) injecting the aqueous fluid through the wellbore into the subterranean formation; (b) allowing the low fluid to imbibe into a rock matrix of the subterranean formation for a period of time; and (c) producing fluids from the subterranean formation through the wellbore.
  • the methods of treating the subterranean formation can comprise a fracturing operation.
  • the method can comprise injecting the aqueous fluid into the subterranean formation through the wellbore at a sufficient pressure to create or extend at least one fracture in a rock matrix of the subterranean formation in fluid communication with the wellbore.
  • the methods of treating the subterranean formation can comprise an EOR operation.
  • the wellbore can comprise an injection wellbore
  • the method can comprise a method for hydrocarbon recovery that comprises (a) injecting the aqueous fluid through the injection wellbore into the subterranean formation; and (b) producing fluids from a production wellbore spaced apart from the injection wellbore a predetermined distance and in fluid communication with the subterranean formation.
  • the injection of the aqueous fluid can increase the flow of hydrocarbons to the production wellbore.
  • Methods of making polyanionic surfactants can comprise alkoxylating an unsaturated alcohol having from 8 to 36 carbons to form an alkyleneoxy -tipped unsaturated alcohol; reacting the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol to form an unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate; and sulfonating the unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate to form the polyanionic surfactant.
  • FIG. l is a synthetic scheme illustrating the oxidation reaction of unsaturated alcohol or aldehyde to the respective carboxylic acid.
  • FIG. 2 is a synthetic scheme illustrating the hydrolyzation reaction of unsaturated ester to the respective carboxylic acid.
  • FIG. 3 is a synthetic scheme illustrating the sulfonation reaction of fatty acids in the alpha position.
  • FIG. 4 is a synthetic scheme illustrating the generation of oleic acid sulfonate mixture surfactant.
  • FIG. 5 is a synthetic scheme illustrating the generation of oleyl 20EO-carboxylate sulfonate mixture surfactant.
  • FIG. 6 is a graph showing the phase behavior of formulation 1 (1 wt% C28-35PO-30EO -AEC, 0.5 wt% CS 1300, 0.7 wt% Oleic acid Sulfonate mixture, 0.5 wt% C16-18-25EO) for oil #1 at 110 °C with 25 vol% oil after 15 days.
  • FIG. 7 is a graph showing the phase behavior of formulation 2 (1 wt% C28-35PO-30EO -AEC, 1 wt% Oleic acid Sulfonate mixture, 1 wt% C16-18-25EO) for oil #1 at 110°C with 25 vol% oil after 6 days.
  • FIG. 8 is a graph showing the phase behavior of formulation 3 (1 wt% C28-35PO-30EO- AEC, 1 wt% CS1300, 1 wt% Oleyl 20EO Carboxylate sulfonate mixture) for oil #1 at 110°C with 25 vol% oil after 6 days.
  • FIG. 9 is a graph showing the phase behavior of formulation 4 (1 wt% C28-35PO-30EO- AEC, 1 wt% CS1300, 1 wt% Oleyl 20EO carboxylate) for oil #1 at 110°C with 25 vol% oil after 2 days.
  • FIG. 10 is a synthetic scheme illustrating the generation of surfactants including both carboxylate and sulfonate moieties from an unsaturated ester.
  • FIG. 11 shows an HPLC profile for oleic acid and oleic acid sulfonate.
  • FIG. 12 shows a 13 CNMR profile for oleic acid (left) and oleic acid sulfonate (right).
  • FIG. 13 shows a proton NMR profile for oleic acid (left) and oleic acid sulfonate (right).
  • FIG. 14 is an image showing the phase behavior of formulation 1 (1 wt% C28-35PO- 30EO -AEC, 0.5 wt% CS 1300, 0.7 wt% Oleic acid Sulfonate mixture, 0.5 wt% C16-18-25EO) for oil #1 at 110 °C with 25 vol% oil after 15 days.
  • FIG. 15 shows an HPLC profile for oleyl 20EO and oleyl 20EO carboxylate.
  • FIG. 16 shows a 13 C NMR profile for oleyl 20EO carboxylate.
  • FIG. 17 shows a proton NMR profile for oleyl 20EO carboxylate.
  • FIG. 18 shows an HPLC profile for oleyl 20EO carboxylate and oleyl 20EO carboxylate with internal sulfonates.
  • FIG. 19 shows a 13 C NMR profile for oleyl 20EO carboxylate with internal sulfonates.
  • FIG. 20 shows a proton NMR profile for oleyl 20EO carboxylate with internal sulfonates.
  • the terms “comprise” (as well as forms, derivatives, or variations thereof, such as “comprising” and “comprises”) and “include” (as well as forms, derivatives, or variations thereof, such as “including” and “includes”) are inclusive (i.e., open-ended) and do not exclude additional elements or steps.
  • the terms “comprise” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof.
  • This term generally refers to a range of numbers that one of ordinary skill in the art would consider as a reasonable amount of deviation to the recited numeric values (i.e., having the equivalent function or result). For example, this term can be construed as including a deviation of ⁇ 10 percent of the given numeric value provided such a deviation does not alter the end function or result of the value. Therefore, a value of about 1% can be construed to be a range from 0.9% to 1.1%. Furthermore, a range may be construed to include the start and the end of the range. For example, a range of 10% to 20% (i.e., range of 10%-20%) can includes 10% and also includes 20%, and includes percentages in between 10% and 20%, unless explicitly stated otherwise herein.
  • compositions are described herein as including a component of type A, a component of type B, a component of type C, or any combination thereof, it is understood that this phrase describes all of the various individual and collective combinations and permutations of these components.
  • the composition described by this phrase could include only a component of type A.
  • the composition described by this phrase could include only a component of type B.
  • the composition described by this phrase could include only a component of type C. In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include a component of type A and a component of type B. In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include a component of type A and a component of type C. In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include a component of type B and a component of type C. In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include a component of type A, a component of type B, and a component of type C. In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include two or more components of type A (e.g., A1 and A2).
  • the composition described by this phrase could include two or more components of type B (e.g., B1 and B2). In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include two or more components of type C (e.g., Cl and C2). In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include two or more of a first component (e.g., two or more components of type A (A1 and A2)), optionally one or more of a second component (e.g., optionally one or more components of type B), and optionally one or more of a third component (e.g., optionally one or more components of type C).
  • a first component e.g., two or more components of type A (A1 and A2)
  • a second component e.g., optionally one or more components of type B
  • a third component e.g., optionally one or more components of type C.
  • the composition described by this phrase could include two or more of a first component (e.g., two or more components of type B (B1 and B2)), optionally one or more of a second component (e.g., optionally one or more components of type A), and optionally one or more of a third component (e.g., optionally one or more components of type C).
  • the composition described by this phrase could include two or more of a first component (e.g., two or more components of type C (Cl and C2)), optionally one or more of a second component (e.g., optionally one or more components of type A), and optionally one or more of a third component (e.g., optionally one or more components of type B).
  • the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds.
  • the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, and aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds.
  • Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described below.
  • the permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds.
  • heteroatoms present in a compound or moiety, such as nitrogen can have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valency of the heteroatom.
  • substitution or “substituted with” include the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound (e.g., a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
  • alkyl refers to saturated, straight-chained, cyclic, or branched saturated hydrocarbon moieties. Unless otherwise specified, C7-C32 (e.g., C7-C28, C7-C24, C7-C2 0 , C7-C18, C7-C1 6 , C7-C14, C7-C12, C12-C24, C12-CI8, C1 6 -C24, or C12-C18) alkyl groups are intended. Alkyl substituents may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more chemical moieties.
  • the alkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, hydroxy, halogen, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, ketone, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, sulfonyl, sulfone, sulfoxide, or thiol, as described below, provided that the substituents are sterically compatible and the rules of chemical bonding and strain energy are satisfied.
  • the alkyl group can also include one or more heteroatoms (e.g., from one to three heteroatoms) incorporated within the hydrocarbon moiety. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus.
  • alkyl is generally used to refer to both unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups; however, substituted alkyl groups are also specifically referred to herein by identifying the specific substituent(s) on the alkyl group.
  • alkenyl refers to unsaturated, straight-chained, or branched hydrocarbon moieties containing a double bond.
  • C7-C32 e.g., C7- C28, C7-C24, C7-C20, C7-C1 8 , C7-C16, C7-C14, C7-C12, C12-C24, C12-CI8, C16-C24, or C12-C1 8
  • alkenyl groups are intended.
  • Alkenyl substituents may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more chemical moieties.
  • substituents include, for example, alkyl, halogenated alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, sulfonyl, sulfone, sulfoxide, or thiol, as described below, provided that the substituents are sterically compatible and the rules of chemical bonding and strain energy are satisfied.
  • aryl refers to groups that include a monovalent aromatic carbocyclic group of from 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Aryl groups can include a single ring or multiple condensed rings.
  • aryl groups include C6-C10 aryl groups. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, phenylcyclopropyl, and indanyl.
  • the aryl group can be a phenyl, indanyl or naphthyl group.
  • heteroaryl is defined as a group that contains an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus.
  • non-heteroaryl which is included in the term “aryl,” defines a group that contains an aromatic group that does not contain a heteroatom.
  • the aryl or heteroaryl substituents may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more chemical moieties.
  • substituents include, for example, alkyl, halogenated alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, sulfonyl, sulfone, sulfoxide, or thiol as described herein.
  • biasryl is a specific type of aryl group and is included in the definition of aryl. Biaryl refers to two aryl groups that are bound together via a fused ring structure, as in naphthalene, or are attached via one or more carbon-carbon bonds, as in biphenyl.
  • hydrocarbon refers to a compound containing only carbon and hydrogen atoms.
  • “Hydrocarbon-bearing formation” or simply “formation” refers to the rock matrix in which a wellbore may be drilled.
  • a formation refers to a body of rock that is sufficiently distinctive and continuous such that it can be mapped.
  • formation generally refers to geologic formations of interest, that the term “formation,” as used herein, may, in some instances, include any geologic points or volumes of interest (such as a survey area).
  • Unconventional formation is a subterranean hydrocarbon-bearing formation that generally requires intervention in order to recover hydrocarbons from the reservoir at economic flow rates or volumes.
  • an unconventional formation includes reservoirs having an unconventional microstructure in which fractures are used to recover hydrocarbons from the reservoir at sufficient flow rates or volumes (e.g., an unconventional reservoir generally needs to be fractured under pressure or have naturally occurring fractures in order to recover hydrocarbons from the reservoir at sufficient flow rates or volumes).
  • the unconventional formation can include a reservoir having a permeability of less than 25 millidarcy (mD) (e.g., 20 mD or less, 15 mD or less, 10 mD or less,
  • mD millidarcy
  • 5 mD or less 1 mD or less, 0.5 mD or less, 0.1 mD or less, 0.05 mD or less, 0.01 mD or less, 0.005 mD or less, 0.001 mD or less, 0.0005 mD or less, 0.0001 mD or less, 0.00005 mD or less, 0.00001 mD or less, 0.000005 mD or less, 0.000001 mD or less, or less).
  • the unconventional formation can include a reservoir having a permeability of at least 0.000001 mD (e.g., at least 0.000005 mD, at least 0.00001 mD, 0.00005 mD, at least 0.0001 mD, 0.0005 mD, 0.001 mD, at least 0.005 mD, at least 0.01 mD, at least 0.05 mD, at least 0.1 mD, at least 0.5 mD, at least 1 mD, at least 5 mD, at least 10 mD, at least 15 mD, or at least 20 mD).
  • a permeability of at least 0.000001 mD e.g., at least 0.000005 mD, at least 0.00001 mD, 0.00005 mD, at least 0.0001 mD, 0.0005 mD, 0.001 mD, at least 0.005 mD, at least 0.01 mD, at least 0.05 mD, at least
  • the unconventional formation can include a reservoir having a permeability ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the unconventional formation can include a reservoir having a permeability of from 0.000001 mD to 25 mD (e.g., from 0.001 mD to 25 mD, from 0.001 mD to 10 mD, from 0.01 mD to 10 mD, from 0.1 mD to 10 mD, from 0.001 mD to 5 mD, from 0.01 mD to 5 mD, or from 0.1 mD to 5 mD).
  • the formation may include faults, fractures (e.g., naturally occurring fractures, fractures created through hydraulic fracturing, etc.), geobodies, overburdens, underburdens, horizons, salts, salt welds, etc.
  • the formation may be onshore, offshore (e.g., shallow water, deep water, etc.), etc.
  • the formation may include hydrocarbons, such as liquid hydrocarbons (also known as oil or petroleum), gas hydrocarbons, a combination of liquid hydrocarbons and gas hydrocarbons (e.g. including gas condensate), etc.
  • the formation, the hydrocarbons, or both may also include non- hydrocarbon items, such as pore space, connate water, brine, fluids from enhanced oil recovery, etc.
  • the formation may also be divided up into one or more hydrocarbon zones, and hydrocarbons can be produced from each desired hydrocarbon zone.
  • the term formation may be used synonymously with the term reservoir.
  • the reservoir may be, but is not limited to, a shale reservoir, a carbonate reservoir, a tight sandstone reservoir, a tight siltstone reservoir, a gas hydrate reservoir, a coalbed methane reservoir, etc.
  • the terms “formation,” “reservoir,” “hydrocarbon,” and the like are not limited to any description or configuration described herein.
  • Wellbore refers to a continuous hole for use in hydrocarbon recovery, including any openhole or uncased portion of the wellbore.
  • a wellbore may be a cylindrical hole drilled into the formation such that the wellbore is surrounded by the formation, including rocks, sands, sediments, etc.
  • a wellbore may be used for injection.
  • a wellbore may be used for production.
  • a wellbore may be used for hydraulic fracturing of the formation.
  • a wellbore even may be used for multiple purposes, such as injection and production.
  • the wellbore may have vertical, inclined, horizontal, or a combination of trajectories.
  • the wellbore may be a vertical wellbore, a horizontal wellbore, a multilateral wellbore, or slanted wellbore.
  • the wellbore may include a "build section.” "Build section" refers to practically any section of a wellbore where the deviation is changing. As an example, the deviation is changing when the wellbore is curving.
  • the wellbore may include a plurality of components, such as, but not limited to, a casing, a liner, a tubing string, a heating element, a sensor, a packer, a screen, a gravel pack, etc.
  • the wellbore may also include equipment to control fluid flow into the wellbore, control fluid flow out of the wellbore, or any combination thereof.
  • each wellbore may include a wellhead, a BOP, chokes, valves, or other control devices. These control devices may be located on the surface, under the surface (e.g., downhole in the wellbore), or any combination thereof.
  • the wellbore may also include at least one artificial lift device, such as, but not limited to, an electrical submersible pump (ESP) or gas lift.
  • ESP electrical submersible pump
  • the term wellbore is not limited to any description or configuration described herein.
  • wellbore may be used synonymously with the terms borehole or well.
  • Single-phase liquid or fluid refers to a fluid which only has a single phase, i.e. only a water phase.
  • a single-phase fluid is not an emulsion.
  • a single-phase fluid is in a thermodynamically stable state such that it does not macroscopically separate into distinct layers or precipitate out solid particles.
  • the single-phase liquid comprises a single-phase liquid surfactant package including one or more anionic and/or non-ionic surfactants.
  • aqueous stable refers to a solution whose soluble components remain dissolved and is a single phase as opposed to precipitating as particulates or phase separating into 2 or more phases. As such, aqueous stable solutions are clear and transparent statically and when agitated. Conversely, solutions may be described as “aqueous unstable” when components precipitate from solution as particulates or phase separates into 2 or more phases. The aqueous stability of solutions can be assessed by evaluating whether the Tyndall Effect (light scattering by suspended particulates) is observed when monochromatic light is directed through the solution. If a sample exhibits the Tyndall effect, the solution may be characterized as “aqueous unstable.” Conversely, if a sample does not exhibit the Tyndall effect, the solution may be characterized as “aqueous stable.”
  • “Slickwater,” as used herein, refers to water-based injection fluid comprising a friction reducer which is typically pumped at high rates to fracture a reservoir.
  • smaller sized proppant particles e.g., 40/70 or 50/140 mesh size
  • proppants are added to some stages of completion/stimulation during production of an unconventional reservoir.
  • slickwater is injected with a small quantity of proppant.
  • “Friction reducer,” as used herein, refers to a chemical additive that alters fluid rheological properties to reduce friction created within the fluid as it flows through small- diameter tubulars or similar restrictions (e.g., valves, pumps). Generally polymers, or similar friction reducing agents, add viscosity to the fluid, which reduces the turbulence induced as the fluid flows. Reductions in fluid friction of greater than 50% are possible depending on the friction reducer utilized, which allows the injection fluid to be injected into a wellbore at a much higher injection rate (e.g., between 60 to 100 barrels per minute) and also lower pumping pressure during proppant injection.
  • a much higher injection rate e.g., between 60 to 100 barrels per minute
  • injection fluid or “LPS injection fluid,” as used herein, refers to any fluid which is injected into a reservoir via a well.
  • the injection fluid may include one or more of an acid, a polymer, a friction reducer, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a scale inhibitor, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a proppant, a wettability alteration chemical, a co-solvent (e.g., a C1-C5 alcohol, or an alkoxylated C1-C5 alcohol), or any combination thereof, to increase the efficacy of the injection fluid.
  • a co-solvent e.g., a C1-C5 alcohol, or an alkoxylated C1-C5 alcohol
  • Low particle size injection fluid refers to an injection fluid having a maximum particle size of less than 0.1 micrometers in diameter in particle size distribution measurements performed at a temperature and salinity of the unconventional formation for which injection is to occur.
  • the low particle size injection fluid can be formed by mixing an aqueous- based injection fluid with a single-phase fluid comprising a single-phase liquid surfactant package. Prior to being dosed with the anionic or non-ionic surfactant to form the low particle size injection fluid, the aqueous based fluid may have been used as the injection fluid.
  • Frracturing is one way that hydrocarbons may be recovered (sometimes referred to as produced) from the formation.
  • hydraulic fracturing may entail preparing a fracturing fluid and injecting that fracturing fluid into the wellbore at a sufficient rate and pressure to open existing fractures and/or create fractures in the formation. The fractures permit hydrocarbons to flow more freely into the wellbore.
  • the fracturing fluid may be prepared on-site to include at least proppants.
  • the proppants such as sand or other particles, are meant to hold the fractures open so that hydrocarbons can more easily flow to the wellbore.
  • the fracturing fluid and the proppants may be blended together using at least one blender.
  • the fracturing fluid may also include other components in addition to the proppants.
  • the wellbore and the formation proximate to the wellbore are in fluid communication (e.g., via perforations), and the fracturing fluid with the proppants is injected into the wellbore through a wellhead of the wellbore using at least one pump (oftentimes called a fracturing pump).
  • the fracturing fluid with the proppants is injected at a sufficient rate and pressure to open existing fractures and/or create fractures in the subsurface volume of interest. As fractures become sufficiently wide to allow proppants to flow into those fractures, proppants in the fracturing fluid are deposited in those fractures during injection of the fracturing fluid.
  • the fracturing fluid is removed by flowing or pumping it back out of the wellbore so that the fracturing fluid does not block the flow of hydrocarbons to the wellbore.
  • the hydrocarbons will typically enter the same wellbore from the formation and go up to the surface for further processing.
  • the equipment to be used in preparing and injecting the fracturing fluid may be dependent on the components of the fracturing fluid, the proppants, the wellbore, the formation, etc.
  • the term “fracturing apparatus” is meant to represent any tank(s), mixer(s), blender(s), pump(s), manifold(s), line(s), valve(s), fluid(s), fracturing fluid component(s), proppants, and other equipment and non-equipment items related to preparing the fracturing fluid and injecting the fracturing fluid.
  • hydrocarbon recovery processes may also be utilized to recover the hydrocarbons.
  • hydrocarbon recovery processes may also be used in combination with at least one other recovery process or subsequent to at least one other recovery process.
  • hydrocarbon recovery processes may also include stimulation or other treatments.
  • Frracturing fluid refers to an injection fluid that is injected into the well under pressure in order to cause fracturing within a portion of the reservoir.
  • interfacial tension refers to the surface tension between test oil and water of different salinities containing a surfactant formulation at different concentrations. Typically, interfacial tensions are measured using a spinning drop tensiometer or calculated from phase behavior experiments.
  • proximate is defined as “near”. If item A is proximate to item B, then item A is near item B. For example, in some embodiments, item A may be in contact with item B. For example, in some embodiments, there may be at least one barrier between item A and item B such that item A and item B are near each other, but not in contact with each other.
  • the barrier may be a fluid barrier, a non-fluid barrier (e.g., a structural barrier), or any combination thereof. Both scenarios are contemplated within the meaning of the term "proximate.”
  • contacting refers to materials or compounds being sufficiently close in proximity to react or interact.
  • the term “contacting” can include placing a compound (e.g., a surfactant) or an aqueous composition (e.g., chemical, surfactant or polymer) within a hydrocarbon-bearing formation using any suitable manner known in the art (e.g., pumping, injecting, pouring, releasing, displacing, spotting or circulating the chemical into a well, wellbore or hydrocarbon-bearing formation).
  • Unrefined petroleum and “crude oil” are used interchangeably and in keeping with the plain ordinary usage of those terms.
  • "Unrefined petroleum” and “crude oil” may be found in a variety of petroleum reservoirs (also referred to herein as a “reservoir,” “oil field deposit” “deposit” and the like) and in a variety of forms including oleaginous materials, oil shales (i.e., organic-rich fine-grained sedimentary rock), tar sands, light oil deposits, heavy oil deposits, and the like.
  • Crude oils or “unrefined petroleums” generally refer to a mixture of naturally occurring hydrocarbons that may be refined into diesel, gasoline, heating oil, jet fuel, kerosene, and other products called fuels or petrochemicals. Crude oils or unrefined petroleums are named according to their contents and origins, and are classified according to their per unit weight (specific gravity). Heavier crudes generally yield more heat upon burning, but have lower gravity as defined by the American Petroleum Institute (API) (i.e., API gravity) and market price in comparison to light (or sweet) crude oils. Crude oil may also be characterized by its Equivalent Alkane Carbon Number (EACN).
  • API American Petroleum Institute
  • EACN Equivalent Alkane Carbon Number
  • API gravity refers to the measure of how heavy or light a petroleum liquid is compared to water. If an oil's API gravity is greater than 10, it is lighter and floats on water, whereas if it is less than 10, it is heavier and sinks. API gravity is thus an inverse measure of the relative density of a petroleum liquid and the density of water. API gravity may also be used to compare the relative densities of petroleum liquids. For example, if one petroleum liquid floats on another and is therefore less dense, it has a greater API gravity.
  • Crude oils vary widely in appearance and viscosity from field to field. They range in color, odor, and in the properties they contain. While all crude oils are mostly hydrocarbons, the differences in properties, especially the variation in molecular structure, determine whether a crude oil is more or less easy to produce, pipeline, and refine. The variations may even influence its suitability for certain products and the quality of those products. Crude oils are roughly classified into three groups, according to the nature of the hydrocarbons they contain (i) Paraffin-based crude oils contain higher molecular weight paraffins, which are solid at room temperature, but little or no asphaltic (bituminous) matter. They can produce high-grade lubricating oils (ii) Asphaltene based crude oils contain large proportions of asphaltic matter, and little or no paraffin.
  • Reactive crude oil is crude oil containing natural organic acidic components (also referred to herein as unrefined petroleum acid) or their precursors such as esters or lactones. These reactive crude oils can generate soaps (carboxylates) when reacted with alkali. More terms used interchangeably for crude oil throughout this disclosure are hydrocarbons, hydrocarbon material, or active petroleum material.
  • An “oil bank” or “oil cut” as referred to herein, is the crude oil that does not contain the injected chemicals and is pushed by the injected fluid during an enhanced oil recovery process.
  • nonactive oil refers to an oil that is not substantially reactive or crude oil not containing significant amounts of natural organic acidic components or their precursors such as esters or lactones such that significant amounts of soaps are generated when reacted with alkali.
  • a nonactive oil as referred to herein includes oils having an acid number of less than 0.5 mg KOH/g of oil.
  • Unrefined petroleum acids as referred to herein are carboxylic acids contained in active petroleum material (reactive crude oil).
  • the unrefined petroleum acids contain C11-C20 alkyl chains, including napthenic acid mixtures.
  • the recovery of such "reactive” oils may be performed using alkali (e.g., NaOH, NaHCCb, or Na2CCb) in a surfactant composition.
  • the alkali reacts with the acid in the reactive oil to form soap in situ.
  • These in situ generated soaps serve as a source of surfactants minimizing the levels of added surfactants, thus enabling efficient oil recovery from the reservoir.
  • polymer refers to a molecule having a structure that essentially includes the multiple repetitions of units derived, actually or conceptually, from molecules of low relative molecular mass.
  • the polymer is an oligomer.
  • productivity refers to the capacity of a well to produce hydrocarbons (e.g., unrefined petroleum); that is, the ratio of the hydrocarbon flow rate to the pressure drop, where the pressure drop is the difference between the average reservoir pressure and the flowing bottom hole well pressure (i.e., flow per unit of driving force).
  • oil solubilization ratio is defined as the volume of oil solubilized divided by the volume of surfactant in microemulsion. All the surfactant is presumed to be in the microemulsion phase. The oil solubilization ratio is applied for Winsor type I and type III behavior. The volume of oil solubilized is found by reading the change between initial aqueous level and excess oil (top) interface level. The oil solubilization ratio is calculated as follows: where s 0 is the oil solubilization ratio, V 0 is the volume of oil solubilized, and V s is the volume of surfactant.
  • water solubilization ratio is defined as the volume of water solubilized divided by the volume of surfactant in microemulsion.
  • the water solubilization ratio is applied for Winsor type III and type II behavior.
  • the volume of water solubilized is found by reading the change between initial aqueous level and excess water (bottom) interface level.
  • the water solubilization parameter is calculated as follows: where o w is the water solubilization ratio, V w is the volume of oil solubilized, and V s is the volume of surfactant.
  • the optimum solubilization ratio occurs where the oil and water solubilization ratios are equal.
  • the coarse nature of phase behavior screening often does not include a data point at optimum, so the solubilization ratio curves are drawn for the oil and water solubilization ratio data and the intersection of these two curves is defined as the optimum.
  • solubility in general refers to the property of a solute, which can be a solid, liquid or gas, to dissolve in a solid, liquid or gaseous solvent thereby forming a homogenous solution of the solute in the solvent.
  • Solubility occurs under dynamic equilibrium, which means that solubility results from the simultaneous and opposing processes of dissolution and phase joining (e.g., precipitation of solids).
  • the solubility equilibrium occurs when the two processes proceed at a constant rate.
  • the solubility of a given solute in a given solvent typically depends on temperature. For many solids dissolved in liquid water, the solubility increases with temperature.
  • solubility and solubilization is the property of oil to dissolve in water and vice versa.
  • Viscosity refers to a fluid's internal resistance to flow or being deformed by shear or tensile stress. In other words, viscosity may be defined as thickness or internal friction of a liquid. Thus, water is “thin”, having a lower viscosity, while oil is “thick”, having a higher viscosity. More generally, the less viscous a fluid is, the greater its ease of fluidity.
  • salinity refers to concentration of salt dissolved in an aqueous phases. Examples for such salts are without limitation, sodium chloride, magnesium and calcium sulfates, and bicarbonates. In more particular, the term salinity as it pertains to the present invention refers to the concentration of salts in brine and surfactant solutions.
  • co-solvent refers to a compound having the ability to increase the solubility of a solute (e.g., a surfactant as disclosed herein) in the presence of an unrefined petroleum acid.
  • a solute e.g., a surfactant as disclosed herein
  • the co-solvents provided herein have a hydrophobic portion (alkyl or aryl chain), a hydrophilic portion (e.g., an alcohol) and optionally an alkoxy portion.
  • Co-solvents as provided herein include alcohols (e.g., C1-C6 alcohols, C1-C6 diols), alkoxy alcohols (e.g., C1-C6 alkoxy alcohols, C1-C6 alkoxy diols, and phenyl alkoxy alcohols), glycol ether, glycol and glycerol.
  • alcohols e.g., C1-C6 alcohols, C1-C6 diols
  • alkoxy alcohols e.g., C1-C6 alkoxy alcohols, C1-C6 alkoxy diols, and phenyl alkoxy alcohols
  • glycol ether e.g., C1-C6 alkoxy alcohols, C1-C6 alkoxy diols, and phenyl alkoxy alcohols
  • glycol ether e.g., C1-C6 alkoxy alcohols, C1-C6 alkoxy diols, and
  • point of zero charge refers to the pH at which the surface charge (i.e., zeta potential) of a solid material, such as the rock matrix in a subterranean reservoir, is zero.
  • surfactant package refers to one or more surfactants which are present in a composition.
  • the polyanionic surfactants can include two or more anionic functional groups (e.g., two or more anionic functional groups selected from carboxylate groups, sulfate groups, sulfonate groups, or any combination thereof).
  • the polyanionic surfactants can include one or more carboxylate groups (e.g., from 1 to 3 carboxylate groups) and one or more sulfonate groups (e.g., from 1 to 2 sulfonate groups).
  • polyanionic surfactants defined by Formula I below R 1 -(CH 2 )-(AO)-HG Formula I or a salt thereof, wherein HG represents a head group comprising from 1-3 carboxylate moieties;
  • R 1 represents a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or
  • AO can represent, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group or a propoxy group. In some cases, at least one AO can comprise an ethoxy group and at least one AO can comprise a propoxy group.
  • w can be an integer of one or more.
  • w can be at least 1, at least 5, at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, at least 40, at least 45, at least 50, at least 55, at least 60, at least 65, at least 70, at least 75, at least 80, at least 85, at least 90, at least 95, at least 100, or at least 105).
  • w can be 110 or less (e.g., 105 or less, 100 or less, 95 or less, 90 or less, 85 or less, 80 or less, 75 or less,
  • w can be an integer ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • w is an integer from 20 to 110, such as from 30 to 110, from 40 to 110, from 50 to 110, or from 60 to 110.
  • AO the number alkylene groups (w), the integer n, and the identity of R1 can be selected in combination.
  • e which is defined by the formula below w e
  • e can be at least 0.5 (e.g., at least 1, at least 1.5, at least 2, at least 2.5, at least 3, at least 3.5, at least 4, at least 4.5, at least 5, or at least 5.5.). In some embodiments, e can be 6 or less (e.g., 5.5 or less, 5 or less, 4.5 or less, 4 or less, 3.5 or less, 3 or less, 2.5 or less, 2 or less, 1.5 or less, or 1 or less). e can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, e can be from 0.5 to 6 (e.g., from 1 to 6, from 1.5 to 5, from 2 to 4.5, or from 2 to 4).
  • polyanionic surfactant can be defined by Formula IA below
  • HG represents a head group comprising from 1-3 carboxylate moieties; n is an integer from 1 to 8; R 1 represents a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy; BO represents a butyleneoxy group; PO represents a propyleneoxy group
  • z is 0. In some embodiments, y is 0 and z is 0.
  • z can be 1 or more (e.g., 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, 5 or more, 6 or more, 7 or more, 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 11 or more, 12 or more, 13 or more, 14 or more, 15 or more, 16 or more, 17 or more, 18 or more, 19 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, 30 or more, 35 or more, or 40 or more).
  • z can be 45 or less (e.g., 40 or less, 35 or less, 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 19 or less, 18 or less, 17 or less, 16 or less, 15 or less, 14 or less, 13 or less, 12 or less, 11 or less, 10 or less, 9 or less, 8 or less, 7 or less, 6 or less, 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, 2 or less, or 1 or less).
  • z can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • z can be an integer from 0 to 45 (e.g., from 0 to 20, from 0 to 10, or from 0 to 5).
  • y is 0.
  • y can be 1 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, 30 or more, 35 or more, 40 or more, 45 or more, 50 or more, 55 or more, or 60 or more).
  • y can be 65 or less (e.g., 60 or less, 55 or less, 50 or less, 45 or less, 40 or less, 35 or less, 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less).
  • y can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • y can be an integer from 0 to 65 (e.g., from 0 to 45, from 1 to 45, from 10 to 45, from 15 to 40, or from 25 to 40). In some embodiments, y can be from 5 to 45, such as from 10 to 40, from 15 to 40, from 15 to 30, or from 15 to 25.
  • x can be 1 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, 30 or more, 35 or more, 40 or more, 45 or more, 50 or more, 55 or more, or 60 or more). In some embodiments, x can be 65 or less (e.g., 60 or less, 55 or less,
  • x can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • y can be an integer from 1 to 65 (e.g., from 10 to 65, from 10 to 55, from 15 to 55, or from 25 to 50).
  • x can be from 5 to 50, such as from 10 to 50, from 20 to 45, from 25 to 45, or from 25 to 40.
  • the ratio of x:(y+z) in the surfactants of Formula IA can vary. In some embodiments, the ratio of x:(y+z) in the surfactants of Formula IA can be at least 0.5:1 (e.g., at least 0.75: 1, at least 1:1, at least 1.25:1, at least 1.5:1, or at least 1.75:1). In some embodiments, the ratio of x:(y+z) in the surfactants of Formula IA can be 2:1 or less (e.g., 1.75:1 or less, 1.5:1 or less, 1.25:1 or less, 1:1 or less, or 0.75:1 or less).
  • the ratio of x:(y+z) in the surfactants of Formula IA can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the ratio of x:(y+z) can be from 0.5:1 to 2:1.
  • the head group can comprise a single carboxylate moiety.
  • the head group can be defined by the formula below or a salt thereof, where m is an integer from 1 to 6.
  • m can be 1. In some embodiments, m can be 2. In some embodiments, m can be 3. In some embodiments, m can be 4. In some embodiments, m can be 5. In some embodiments, m can be 6. In some embodiments, m can range between any of the values described above.
  • the head group can comprise two carboxylate moieties.
  • the head group can be defined by the formula below or a salt thereof, where p is an integer from 1 to 5.
  • p can be 1. In some embodiments, p can be 2. In some embodiments, p can be 3. In some embodiments, p can be 4. In some embodiments, p can be 5. In some embodiments, p can range between any of the values described above.
  • the head group can comprise a carboxylate moiety and a sulfonate moiety.
  • the head group can be defined by the formula below or a salt thereof, where p is an integer from 1 to 5.
  • p can be 1. In some embodiments, p can be 2. In some embodiments, p can be 3. In some embodiments, p can be 4. In some embodiments, p can be 5. In some embodiments, p can range between any of the values described above.
  • n can be 1. In some embodiments, n can be 2. In some embodiments, n can be 3. In some embodiments, n can be 4. In some embodiments, n can be 5. In some embodiments, n can be 6. In some embodiments, n can be 7. In some embodiments, n can be 8. In some embodiments, n can range between any of the values described above.
  • R 1 can comprise a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy.
  • the alkyl group can comprise a linear alkyl group. In other embodiments, the alkyl group can comprise a branched alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group can comprise at least 7 carbon atoms (e.g., at least 8 carbon atoms, at least 9 carbon atoms, at least 10 carbon atoms, at least 11 carbon atoms, at least 12 carbon atoms, at least 13 carbon atoms, at least 14 carbon atoms, at least 15 carbon atoms, at least 16 carbon atoms, at least 17 carbon atoms, at least 18 carbon atoms, at least 19 carbon atoms, at least 20 carbon atoms, at least 21 carbon atoms, at least 22 carbon atoms, at least 23 carbon atoms, at least 24 carbon atoms, at least 25 carbon atoms, at least 26 carbon atoms, at least 27 carbon atoms, at least 28 carbon atoms, at least 29 carbon atoms, at least 30 carbon atoms, or at least 31 carbon atoms).
  • at least 8 carbon atoms e.g., at least 8 carbon atoms, at least 9 carbon atoms, at least 10 carbon atoms, at least
  • the alkyl group can comprise 32 carbon atoms or less (e.g., 31 carbon atoms or less, 30 carbon atoms or less, 29 carbon atoms or less, 28 carbon atoms or less, 27 carbon atoms or less, 26 carbon atoms or less, 25 carbon atoms or less, 24 carbon atoms or less, 23 carbon atoms or less, 22 carbon atoms or less, 21 carbon atoms or less, 20 carbon atoms or less, 19 carbon atoms or less, 18 carbon atoms or less, 17 carbon atoms or less, 16 carbon atoms or less, 15 carbon atoms or less, 14 carbon atoms or less, 13 carbon atoms or less, 12 carbon atoms or less, 11 carbon atoms or less, 10 carbon atoms or less, 9 carbon atoms or less, or 8 carbon atoms or less).
  • 32 carbon atoms or less e.g., 31 carbon atoms or less, 30 carbon atoms or less, 29 carbon atoms or less, 28 carbon
  • the alkyl group can comprise a number of carbon atoms ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the alkyl group can comprise from 7 to 32 carbon atoms (e.g., from 7 to 28 carbon atoms, or from 7 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • R 1 can comprise a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy.
  • the alkenyl group can comprise a linear alkenyl group. In other embodiments, the alkenyl group can comprise a branched alkenyl group. In some embodiments, the alkenyl group can comprise one unsaturation (one double bond). In some embodiments, the alkenyl group can comprise two or more unsaturations (two or more double bonds). For example, the alkenyl group can comprise two unsaturations, three unsaturations, or more.
  • the alkenyl group can comprise at least 7 carbon atoms (e.g., at least 8 carbon atoms, at least 9 carbon atoms, at least 10 carbon atoms, at least 11 carbon atoms, at least 12 carbon atoms, at least 13 carbon atoms, at least 14 carbon atoms, at least 15 carbon atoms, at least 16 carbon atoms, at least 17 carbon atoms, at least 18 carbon atoms, at least 19 carbon atoms, at least 20 carbon atoms, at least 21 carbon atoms, at least 22 carbon atoms, at least 23 carbon atoms, at least 24 carbon atoms, at least 25 carbon atoms, at least 26 carbon atoms, or at least 27 carbon atoms).
  • at least 7 carbon atoms e.g., at least 8 carbon atoms, at least 9 carbon atoms, at least 10 carbon atoms, at least 11 carbon atoms, at least 12 carbon atoms, at least 13 carbon atoms, at least 14 carbon atoms, at
  • the alkenyl group can comprise 28 carbon atoms or less (e.g., 27 carbon atoms or less, 26 carbon atoms or less, 25 carbon atoms or less, 24 carbon atoms or less, 23 carbon atoms or less, 22 carbon atoms or less, 21 carbon atoms or less, 20 carbon atoms or less, 19 carbon atoms or less, 18 carbon atoms or less, 17 carbon atoms or less, 16 carbon atoms or less, 15 carbon atoms or less, 14 carbon atoms or less, 13 carbon atoms or less, 12 carbon atoms or less, 11 carbon atoms or less, 10 carbon atoms or less,
  • 28 carbon atoms or less e.g., 27 carbon atoms or less, 26 carbon atoms or less, 25 carbon atoms or less, 24 carbon atoms or less, 23 carbon atoms or less, 22 carbon atoms or less, 21 carbon atoms or less, 20 carbon atoms or less, 19 carbon atoms or less, 18 carbon
  • the alkenyl group can comprise a number of carbon atoms ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the alkenyl group can comprise from 7 to 28 carbon atoms (e.g., from 7 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • R 1 can comprise a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy.
  • R 1 can comprise an alkylbenzene group.
  • R 1 can comprise a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy.
  • R 1 can comprise an alkenylbenzene group.
  • R 1 can comprise one of the following or a salt thereof, wherein a is an integer from 0 to 32; and b is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of a and b is from 4 to 32.
  • a can be 0. In some cases, a can be 1 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, or 30 or more). In some cases, a can be 32 or less (e.g., 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less). a can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, a can be from 0 to 32 (e.g., from 1 to 30, from 1 to 20, from 1 to 15, from 1 to 10, from 4 to 10, or from 4 to 8).
  • b can be 0. In some cases, b can be 1 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, or 30 or more). In some cases, b can be 32 or less (e.g., 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less). b can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, b can be from 0 to 32 (e.g., from 1 to 30, from 1 to 20, from 5 to 20, or from 5 to 15).
  • the sum of a and b can be 4 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 6 or more, 7 or more, 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 11 or more, 12 or more, 13 or more, 14 or more, 15 or more, 16 or more, 17 or more, 18 or more, 19 or more, 20 or more, 21 or more, 22 or more, 23 or more, 24 or more, 25 or more, 26 or more, 27 or more, 28 or more, 29 or more, 30 or more, or 31 or more).
  • the sum of a and b can be 32 or less (e.g., 31 or less, 30 or less, 29 or less, 28 or less, 27 or less, 26 or less, 25 or less, 24 or less, 23 or less, 22 or less, 21 or less, 20 or less, 19 or less, 18 or less, 17 or less, 16 or less, 15 or less, 14 or less, 13 or less, 12 or less,
  • the sum of a and b can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the sum of a and b can be from 4 to 32 (e.g., from 8 to 22).
  • surfactant mixtures comprising two or more polyanionic surfactants.
  • a surfactant mixture comprising:
  • E 1 and E 2 is a sulfonate group and one of E 1 and E 2 is hydroxy; e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and p is an integer from 1 to 5
  • the first surfactant and the second surfactant can be present in the surfactant mixture in varying amounts.
  • the first surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight (e.g., from 1% by weight to 50% by weight, from 1% by weight to 35% by weight, from 5% by weight to 70% by weight, from 5% by weight to 50% by weight, or from 5% by weight to 35% by weight), based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture;
  • the second surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight (e.g., from 1% by weight to 50% by weight, from 1% by weight to 35% by weight, from 5% by weight to 70% by weight, from 5% by weight to 50% by weight, or from 5% by weight to 35% by weight), based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
  • the surfactant mixture can further comprise (c) a third surfactant defined by Formula IV or a salt thereof;
  • Formula V wherein one of D 1 and D 2 is a sulfonate group and one of D 1 and D 2 is hydrogen; one of E 1 and E 2 is a sulfonate group and one of E 1 and E 2 is hydroxy; e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and m is an integer from 1 to 6.
  • the third surfactant and the fourth surfactant can be present in the surfactant mixture in varying amounts.
  • the third surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight (e.g., from 1% by weight to 50% by weight, from 1% by weight to 35% by weight, from 5% by weight to 70% by weight, from 5% by weight to 50% by weight, or from 5% by weight to 35% by weight), based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture;
  • the fourth surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight (e.g., from 1% by weight to 50% by weight, from 1% by weight to 35% by weight, from 5% by weight to 70% by weight, from 5% by weight to 50% by weight, or from 5% by weight to 35% by weight), based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture
  • the surfactant mixture further comprises a fifth surfactant defined by Formula VI or a salt thereof
  • Formula VI wherein e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32;
  • AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group;
  • w is an integer from 1 to 110; and
  • p is an integer from 1 to 5.
  • the fifth surfactant can be present in the surfactant mixture in varying amounts.
  • the fifth surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight (e.g., from 1% by weight to 50% by weight, from 1% by weight to 35% by weight, from 5% by weight to 70% by weight, from 5% by weight to 50% by weight, or from 5% by weight to 35% by weight), based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
  • AO can represent, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group or a propoxy group. In some cases, at least one AO can comprise an ethoxy group and at least one AO can comprise a propoxy group.
  • w can be an integer of one or more.
  • w can be at least 1, at least 5, at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, at least 40, at least 45, at least 50, at least 55, at least 60, at least 65, at least 70, at least 75, at least 80, at least 85, at least 90, at least 95, at least 100, or at least 105).
  • w can be 110 or less (e.g., 105 or less, 100 or less, 95 or less, 90 or less, 85 or less, 80 or less, 75 or less, 70 or less, 65 or less, 60 or less, 55 or less, 50 or less, 45 or less, 40 or less, 35 or less, 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
  • w can be an integer ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • w is an integer from 20 to 110, such as from 30 to 110, from 40 to 110, from 50 to 110, or from 60 to 110.
  • p can be 1. In some embodiments, p can be 2. In some embodiments, p can be 3. In some embodiments, p can be 4. In some embodiments, p can be 5. In some embodiments, p can range between any of the values described above.
  • m can be 1. In some embodiments, m can be 2. In some embodiments, m can be 3. In some embodiments, m can be 4. In some embodiments, m can be 5. In some embodiments, m can be 6. In some embodiments, m can range between any of the values described above.
  • e can be 0. In some cases, e can be 1 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, or 30 or more). In some cases, e can be 32 or less (e.g., 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less). e can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, e can be from 0 to 32 (e.g., from 1 to 30, from 1 to 20, from 1 to 15, from 1 to 10, from 4 to 10, or from 4 to 8).
  • f can be 0. In some cases, f can be 1 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, or 30 or more). In some cases, f can be 32 or less (e.g., 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less). f can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, f can be from 0 to 32 (e.g., from 1 to 30, from 1 to 20, from 5 to 20, or from 5 to 15).
  • the sum of e and f can be 4 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 6 or more, 7 or more, 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 11 or more, 12 or more,
  • the sum of e and f can be 32 or less (e.g., 31 or less, 30 or less, 29 or less, 28 or less, 27 or less, 26 or less, 25 or less, 24 or less, 23 or less, 22 or less, 21 or less, 20 or less, 19 or less, 18 or less, 17 or less, 16 or less, 15 or less,
  • the sum of e and f can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the sum of e and f can be from 4 to 32 (e.g., from 8 to 22).
  • the polyanionic surfactants (and surfactant mixtures) described herein can be prepared by a variety of methodologies.
  • One approach beginning from an unsaturated alcohol
  • a carboxylic acid head group can be introduced using methods known in the art.
  • the alkyleneoxy -tipped unsaturated alcohol can be oxidized to form an unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate.
  • carboxyalkylation e.g., carboxymethylation
  • the unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate can then be sulfonated using a sulfonating agent such as chlorosulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, silica sulfuric acid, or sulfamic acid.
  • a sulfonating agent such as chlorosulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, silica sulfuric acid, or sulfamic acid.
  • a basic work up e.g., using aqueous NaOH
  • the polyanionic surfactant(s) typically as a mixture.
  • Standard analytical methodologies e.g., HPLC and NMR
  • the present disclosure also provides surfactant packages that comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein.
  • Example surfactant packages can comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and one or more co-surfactants.
  • the one or more co-surfactants can be selected from an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, a zwitterionic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant, or a non ionic surfactant.
  • the surfactant package comprises a single-phase liquid surfactant package.
  • the surfactant package can consist essentially of one or more polyanionic surfactants as described herein (i.e., the polyanionic surfactants are the only surfactants present in the surfactant package). In other embodiments, the surfactant package can consist of one or more polyanionic surfactants as described herein (i.e., the polyanionic surfactants are the only surfactants present in the surfactant package). In some embodiments, the surfactant package further includes water. In some embodiments, the surfactant package does not comprise a hydrocarbon.
  • the surfactant package can comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and an anionic surfactant.
  • the surfactant package can consist essentially of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and an anionic surfactant (i.e., the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the anionic surfactant are the only surfactants present in the surfactant package).
  • the surfactant package consists of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and an anionic surfactant.
  • the surfactant package further includes water. In some embodiments, the surfactant package does not comprise a hydrocarbon.
  • the surfactant package can comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a non-ionic surfactant.
  • the surfactant package can consist essentially of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a non-ionic surfactant (i.e., the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the non-ionic surfactant are the only surfactants present in the surfactant package).
  • the surfactant package consists of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a non-ionic surfactant.
  • the surfactant package further includes water. In some embodiments, the surfactant package does not comprise a hydrocarbon.
  • the surfactant package can comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a cationic surfactant.
  • the surfactant package can consist essentially of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a cationic surfactant (i.e., the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the cationic surfactant are the only surfactants present in the surfactant package).
  • the surfactant package consists of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a cationic surfactant.
  • the surfactant package further includes water. In some embodiments, the surfactant package does not comprise a hydrocarbon.
  • the surfactant package can comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a zwitterionic surfactant.
  • the surfactant package can consist essentially of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a zwitterionic surfactant (i.e., the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the zwitterionic surfactant are the only surfactants present in the surfactant package).
  • the surfactant package consists of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a zwitterionic surfactant.
  • the surfactant package further includes water. In some embodiments, the surfactant package does not comprise a hydrocarbon.
  • the surfactant package can comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and an amphoteric surfactant.
  • the surfactant package can consist essentially of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and an amphoteric surfactant (i.e., the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the amphoteric surfactant are the only surfactants present in the surfactant package).
  • the surfactant package consists of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and an amphoteric surfactant.
  • the surfactant package further includes water. In some embodiments, the surfactant package does not comprise a hydrocarbon.
  • Suitable anionic co-surfactants include a hydrophobic tail that comprises from 6 to 60 carbon atoms.
  • the anionic surfactant can include a hydrophobic tail that comprises at least 6 carbon atoms (e.g., at least 7 carbon atoms, at least 8 carbon atoms, at least 9 carbon atoms, at least 10 carbon atoms, at least 11 carbon atoms, at least 12 carbon atoms, at least 13 carbon atoms, at least 14 carbon atoms, at least 15 carbon atoms, at least 16 carbon atoms, at least 17 carbon atoms, at least 18 carbon atoms, at least 19 carbon atoms, at least 20 carbon atoms, at least 21 carbon atoms, at least 22 carbon atoms, at least 23 carbon atoms, at least 24 carbon atoms, at least 25 carbon atoms, at least 26 carbon atoms, at least 27 carbon atoms, at least 28 carbon atoms, at least 29 carbon atoms, at least 30 carbon atoms, at least 6 carbon
  • the anionic surfactant can include a hydrophobic tail that comprises 60 carbon atoms or less (e.g., 59 carbon atoms or less, 58 carbon atoms or less, 57 carbon atoms or less, 56 carbon atoms or less, 55 carbon atoms or less, 54 carbon atoms or less, 53 carbon atoms or less, 52 carbon atoms or less, 51 carbon atoms or less, 50 carbon atoms or less, 49 carbon atoms or less, 48 carbon atoms or less, 47 carbon atoms or less, 46 carbon atoms or less, 45 carbon atoms or less, 44 carbon atoms or less, 43 carbon atoms or less, 42 carbon atoms or less, 41 carbon atoms or less, 40 carbon atoms or less, 39 carbon atoms or less, 38 carbon atoms or less, 37 carbon atoms or less, 36 carbon atoms or less, 35 carbon atoms or less, 34 carbon atoms or less, 33 carbon atoms or less, 32 carbon
  • the anionic surfactant can include a hydrophobic tail that comprises a number of carbon atoms ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the anionic surfactant can comprise a hydrophobic tail comprising from 6 to 15, from 16 to 30, from 31 to 45, from 46 to 60, from 6 to 25, from 26 to 60, from 6 to 30, from 31 to 60, from 6 to 32, from 33 to 60, from 6 to 12, from 13 to 22, from 23 to 32, from 33 to 42, from 43 to 52, from 53 to 60, from 6 to 10, from 10 to 15, from 16 to 25, from 26 to 35, or from 36 to 45 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrophobic (lipophilic) carbon tail may be a straight chain, branched chain, and/or may comprise cyclic structures.
  • the hydrophobic carbon tail may comprise single bonds, double bonds, triple bonds, or any combination thereof.
  • the anionic surfactant can include a branched hydrophobic tail derived from Guerbet alcohols.
  • the hydrophilic portion of the anionic surfactant can comprise, for example, one or more sulfate moieties (e.g., one, two, or three sulfate moieties), one or more sulfonate moieties (e.g., one, two, or three sulfonate moieties), one or more sulfosuccinate moieties (e.g., one, two, or three sulfosuccinate moieties), one or more carboxylate moieties (e.g., one, two, or three carboxylate moieties), or any combination thereof.
  • sulfate moieties e.g., one, two, or three sulfate moieties
  • one or more sulfonate moieties e.g., one, two, or three sulfonate moieties
  • sulfosuccinate moieties e.g., one, two, or three sulfosuccinate moi
  • the anionic surfactant can comprise, for example a sulfonate, a disulfonate, a polysulfonate, a sulfate, a disulfate, a polysulfate, a sulfosuccinate, a di sulfosuccinate, a polysulfosuccinate, a carboxylate, a dicarboxylate, a polycarboxylate, or any combination thereof.
  • the anionic surfactant can comprise an internal olefin sulfonate (IOS) other than the olefin sulfonates described herein, an isomerized olefin sulfonate, an alfa olefin sulfonate (AOS), an alkyl aryl sulfonate (AAS), a xylene sulfonate, an alkane sulfonate, a petroleum sulfonate, an alkyl diphenyl oxide (di)sulfonate, an alcohol sulfate, an alkoxy sulfate, an alkoxy sulfonate, an alkoxy carboxylate, an alcohol phosphate, or an alkoxy phosphate.
  • IOS internal olefin sulfonate
  • AOS alfa olefin sulfonate
  • AAS alkyl aryl sulfonate
  • the anionic surfactant can comprise an alkoxy carboxylate surfactant, an alkoxy sulfate surfactant, an alkoxy sulfonate surfactant, an alkyl sulfonate surfactant, an aryl sulfonate surfactant, or an olefin sulfonate surfactant.
  • alkoxy carboxylate surfactant or “alkoxy carboxylate” refers to a compound having an alkyl or aryl attached to one or more alkoxylene groups (typically -CH2-CH(ethyl)-0-, -CH2- CH(methyl)-0-, or -CH2-CH2-O-) which, in turn is attached to -COO or acid or salt thereof including metal cations such as sodium.
  • the alkoxy carboxylate surfactant can be defined by the formulae below: or wherein R 1 is substituted or unsubstituted C6-C36 alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted aryl; R 2 is, independently for each occurrence within the compound, hydrogen or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; R 3 is independently hydrogen or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, n is an integer from 0 to 175, z is an integer from 1 to 6 and M + is a monovalent, divalent or trivalent cation.
  • R 1 can be an unsubstituted linear or branched C6-C36 alkyl.
  • the alkoxy carboxylate can be a C6-C32:PO(0-65):EO(0-100)- carboxylate (i.e., a C6-C32 hydrophobic tail, such as a branched or unbranched C6-C32 alkyl group, attached to from 0 to 65 propyleneoxy groups (-CH2-CH(methyl)-0- linkers), attached in turn to from 0 to 100 ethyleneoxy groups (-CH2-CH2-O- linkers), attached in turn to -COO or an acid or salt thereof including metal cations such as sodium).
  • a C6-C32:PO(0-65):EO(0-100)- carboxylate i.e., a C6-C32 hydrophobic tail, such as a branched or unbranched C6-C32 alkyl group, attached to from 0 to 65 propyleneoxy groups (-CH2-CH(methyl)-0- linkers), attached in turn to from 0 to 100 ethyleneoxy groups (-CH2-CH2-O- link
  • the alkoxy carboxylate can be a branched or unbranched C6-C30:PO(30-40):EO(25-35)-carboxylate. In certain embodiments, the alkoxy carboxylate can be a branched or unbranched C6- C12:PO(30-40):EO(25-35)-carboxylate. In certain embodiments, the alkoxy carboxylate can be a branched or unbranched C6-C30:EO(8-30)-carboxylate.
  • alkoxy sulfate surfactant or “alkoxy sulfate” refers to a surfactant having an alkyl or aryl attached to one or more alkoxylene groups (typically -CH2-CH(ethyl)-0-, -CH2- CH(methyl)-0-, or -CH2-CH2-O-) which, in turn is attached to -SO3 or acid or salt thereof including metal cations such as sodium.
  • the alkoxy sulfate surfactant has the formula R-(B0) e -(P0)f-(E0) -S03 or acid or salt (including metal cations such as sodium) thereof, wherein R is C6-C32 alkyl, BO is -CH2-CH(ethyl)-0-, PO is -CH2-CH(methyl)-0-, and EO is -CH2-CH2-O-.
  • R is C6-C32 alkyl
  • BO is -CH2-CH(ethyl)-0-
  • PO is -CH2-CH(methyl)-0-
  • EO is -CH2-CH2-O-.
  • the symbols e, f and g are integers from 0 to 50 wherein at least one is not zero.
  • the alkoxy sulfate surfactant can be an aryl alkoxy sulfate surfactant.
  • the aryl alkoxy surfactant can be an alkoxy surfactant having an aryl attached to one or more alkoxylene groups (typically -CH2-CH(ethyl)-0-, -CH2-CH(methyl)-0-, or -CH2-CH2-O-) which, in turn is attached to -SO3 or acid or salt thereof including metal cations such as sodium.
  • alkoxylene groups typically -CH2-CH(ethyl)-0-, -CH2-CH(methyl)-0-, or -CH2-CH2-O-
  • alkyl sulfonate surfactant or “alkyl sulfonate” refers to a compound that includes an alkyl group (e.g., a branched or unbranched C6-C32 alkyl group) attached to -SO3 or acid or salt thereof including metal cations such as sodium.
  • aryl sulfate surfactant or “aryl sulfate” refers to a compound having an aryl group attached to -O-SO3 ' or acid or salt thereof including metal cations such as sodium.
  • aryl sulfonate surfactant or “aryl sulfonate” refers to a compound having an aryl group attached to - SO3 ' or acid or salt thereof including metal cations such as sodium.
  • the aryl group can be substituted, for example, with an alkyl group (an alkyl aryl sulfonate).
  • an “internal olefin sulfonate,” “isomerized olefin sulfonate,” or “IOS” in the context of co-surfactants present in addition to the olefin sulfonates described herein refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbon compound comprising at least one carbon-carbon double bond and at least one SO3 group, or a salt thereof.
  • a “C20-C28 internal olefin sulfonate,” “a C20-C28 isomerized olefin sulfonate,” or “C20-C28 IOS” refers to an IOS, or a mixture of IOSs with an average carbon number of 20 to 28, or of 23 to 25.
  • the C20-C28 IOS may comprise at least 80% of IOS with carbon numbers of 20 to 28, at least 90% of IOS with carbon numbers of 20 to 28, or at least 99% of IOS with carbon numbers of 20 to 28.
  • a “C15-C18 internal olefin sulfonate,” “C 15-08 isomerized olefin sulfonate,” or “ 5- 8 IOS” refers to an IOS or a mixture of IOSs with an average carbon number of 15 to 18, or of 16 to 17.
  • the CIS- OS IOS may comprise at least 80% of IOS with carbon numbers of 15 to 18, at least 90% of IOS with carbon numbers of 15 to 18, or at least 99% of IOS with carbon numbers of 15 to 18.
  • the internal olefin sulfonates or isomerized olefin sulfonates may be alpha olefin sulfonates, such as an isomerized alpha olefin sulfonate.
  • the internal olefin sulfonates or isomerized olefin sulfonates may also comprise branching.
  • C15-18 IOS may be added to surfactant packages described herein when used for LPS injection fluids intended for use in high temperature unconventional subterranean formations, such as formations above 130°F (approximately 55°C).
  • the IOS may be at least 20% branching, 30% branching, 40% branching, 50% branching, 60% branching, or 65% branching. In some embodiments, the branching is between 20-98%, 30-90%, 40-80%, or around 65%. Examples of internal olefin sulfonates and the methods to make them are found in U.S. Pat. No. 5,488,148, U.S. Patent Application Publication 2009/0112014, and SPE 129766, all incorporated herein by reference.
  • the anionic surfactant can be a disulfonate, alkyldiphenyloxide disulfonate, mono alkyldiphenyloxide disulfonate, di alkyldiphenyloxide disulfonate, or a di alkyldiphenyloxide monosulfonate, where the alkyl group can be a C6-C36 linear or branched alkyl group.
  • the anionic surfactant can be an alkylbenzene sulfonate or a dibenzene disufonate.
  • the anionic surfactant can be benzenesulfonic acid, decyl(sulfophenoxy)-disodium salt; linear or branched C6-C36 alkyl :PO(0-65):EO(0- 100) sulfate; or linear or branched C6-C36 alkyl :PO(0-65):EO(0- 100) carboxylate.
  • the anionic surfactant is an isomerized olefin sulfonate (C6-C30), internal olefin sulfonate (C6- C30) or internal olefin disulfonate (C6-C30).
  • the anionic surfactant is a Guerbet-PO(0-65)-EO(0-100) sulfate (Guerbet portion can be C6-C36). In some embodiments, the anionic surfactant is a Guerbet-PO(0-65)-EO(0-100) carboxylate (Guerbet portion can be C6- C36). In some embodiments, the anionic surfactant is alkyl PO(0-65) and EO(O-IOO) sulfonate: where the alkyl group is linear or branched C6-C36. In some embodiments, the anionic surfactant is a sulfosuccinate, such as a dialkylsulfosuccinate.
  • the anionic surfactant is an alkyl aryl sulfonate (AAS) (e.g. an alkyl benzene sulfonate (ABS)), a C10-C30 internal olefin sulfate (IOS), a petroleum sulfonate, or an alkyl diphenyl oxide (di)sulfonate.
  • AAS alkyl aryl sulfonate
  • ABS alkyl benzene sulfonate
  • IOS internal olefin sulfate
  • di alkyl diphenyl oxide
  • the anionic surfactant can comprise a surfactant defined by the formula below:
  • R 1 — R 2 — R 3 wherein R 1 comprises a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-32 carbon atoms and an oxygen atom linking R 1 and R 2 ; R 2 comprises an alkoxylated chain comprising at least one oxide group selected from the group consisting of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide, or any combination thereof; and R 3 comprises a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon chain comprising 2-12 carbon atoms and from 2 to 5 carboxyl ate groups.
  • the anionic surfactant can comprise a surfactant defined by the formula below: wherein R 4 is, independently for each occurrence, a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-32 carbon atoms; and M represents a counterion (e.g., Na + , K + ). In some embodiments, R 4 is a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-16 carbon atoms.
  • Suitable non-ionic co-surfactants include compounds that can be added to increase wettability.
  • the hydrophilic-lipophilic balance (HLB) of the non-ionic surfactant is greater than 10 (e.g., greater than 9, greater than 8, or greater than 7). In some embodiments, the HLB of the non-ionic surfactant is from 7 to 10.
  • the non-ionic surfactant can comprise a hydrophobic tail comprising from 6 to 60 carbon atoms.
  • the non-ionic surfactant can include a hydrophobic tail that comprises at least 6 carbon atoms (e.g., at least 7 carbon atoms, at least 8 carbon atoms, at least 9 carbon atoms, at least 10 carbon atoms, at least 11 carbon atoms, at least 12 carbon atoms, at least 13 carbon atoms, at least 14 carbon atoms, at least 15 carbon atoms, at least 16 carbon atoms, at least 17 carbon atoms, at least 18 carbon atoms, at least 19 carbon atoms, at least 20 carbon atoms, at least 21 carbon atoms, at least 22 carbon atoms, at least 23 carbon atoms, at least 24 carbon atoms, at least 25 carbon atoms, at least 26 carbon atoms, at least 27 carbon atoms, at least 28 carbon atoms, at least 29 carbon atoms, at least 30 carbon atoms,
  • the non-ionic surfactant can include a hydrophobic tail that comprises 60 carbon atoms or less (e.g., 59 carbon atoms or less, 58 carbon atoms or less, 57 carbon atoms or less, 56 carbon atoms or less, 55 carbon atoms or less, 54 carbon atoms or less, 53 carbon atoms or less, 52 carbon atoms or less, 51 carbon atoms or less, 50 carbon atoms or less, 49 carbon atoms or less, 48 carbon atoms or less, 47 carbon atoms or less, 46 carbon atoms or less, 45 carbon atoms or less, 44 carbon atoms or less, 43 carbon atoms or less, 42 carbon atoms or less, 41 carbon atoms or less, 40 carbon atoms or less, 39 carbon atoms or less, 38 carbon atoms or less, 37 carbon atoms or less, 36 carbon atoms or less, 35 carbon atoms or less, 34 carbon atoms or less, 33 carbon atoms or less,
  • the non-ionic surfactant can include a hydrophobic tail that comprises a number of carbon atoms ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the non-ionic surfactant can comprise a hydrophobic tail comprising from 6 to 15, from 16 to 30, from 31 to 45, from 46 to 60, from 6 to 25, from 26 to 60, from 6 to 30, from 31 to 60, from 6 to 32, from 33 to 60, from 6 to 12, from 13 to 22, from 23 to 32, from 33 to 42, from 43 to 52, from 53 to 60, from 6 to 10, from 10 to 15, from 16 to 25, from 26 to 35, or from 36 to 45 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrophobic tail may be a straight chain, branched chain, and/or may comprise cyclic structures.
  • the hydrophobic carbon tail may comprise single bonds, double bonds, triple bonds, or any combination thereof.
  • the hydrophobic tail can comprise an alkyl group, with or without an aromatic ring (e.g., a phenyl ring) attached to it.
  • the hydrophobic tail can comprise a branched hydrophobic tail derived from Guerbet alcohols.
  • Example non-ionic surfactants include alkyl aryl alkoxy alcohols, alkyl alkoxy alcohols, or any combination thereof.
  • the non-ionic surfactant may be a mix of surfactants with different length lipophilic tail chain lengths.
  • the non-ionic surfactant may be C9-C11 :9EO, which indicates a mixture of non-ionic surfactants that have a lipophilic tail length of 9 carbon to 11 carbon, which is followed by a chain of 9 EOs.
  • the hydrophilic moiety is an alkyleneoxy chain (e.g., an ethoxy (EO), butoxy (BO) and/or propoxy (PO) chain with two or more repeating units of EO, BO, and/or PO).
  • 1- 100 repeating units of EO are present.
  • 0-65 repeating units of PO are present.
  • the non ionic surfactant could comprise 10EO:5PO or 5EO.
  • the non-ionic surfactant may be a mix of surfactants with different length lipophilic tail chain lengths.
  • the non-ionic surfactant may be C9-C11 :P09:E02, which indicates a mixture of non-ionic surfactants that have a lipophilic tail length of 9 carbon to 11 carbon, which is followed by a chain of 9 POs and 2 EOs.
  • the non-ionic surfactant is linear C9- C11 :9EO.
  • the non-ionic surfactant is a Guerbet PO(0-65) and EO(O-IOO) (Guerbet can be C6-C36); or alkyl PO(0-65) and EO(O-IOO): where the alkyl group is linear or branched C1-C36.
  • the non-ionic surfactant can comprise a branched or unbranched C6-C32:PO(0-65):EO(0-100) (e.g., a branched or unbranched C6-C30:PO(30- 40):EO(25-35), a branched or unbranched C6-C12:PO(30-40):EO(25-35), a branched or unbranched C6-30:EO(8-30), or any combination thereof).
  • the non-ionic surfactant is one or more alkyl polyglucosides.
  • Example cationic co-surfactants include surfactant analogous to those described above, except bearing primary, secondary, or tertiary amines, or quaternary ammonium cations, as a hydrophilic head group.
  • "Zwitterionic” or “zwitterion” as used herein refers to a neutral molecule with a positive (or cationic) and a negative (or anionic) electrical charge at different locations within the same molecule.
  • Example zwitterionic surfactants include betains and sultains.
  • the surfactant package can include one or more additional components.
  • the surfactant package can further comprise an acid, a polymer, a friction reducer, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a scale inhibitor, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a proppant, a wettability alteration chemical, a co-solvent (e.g., a C1-C5 alcohol, or an alkoxylated C1-C5 alcohol), or any combination thereof.
  • a co-solvent e.g., a C1-C5 alcohol, or an alkoxylated C1-C5 alcohol
  • the surfactant package can further include one or more co solvents.
  • suitable co-solvents include alcohols, such as lower carbon chain alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol, ethanol, n-propyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, n-amyl alcohol, sec-amyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, sec-hexyl alcohol and the like; alcohol ethers, polyalkylene alcohol ethers, polyalkylene glycols, poly(oxyalkylene)glycols, poly(oxyalkylene)glycol ethers, ethoxylated phenol, or any other common organic co-solvent or combinations of any two or more co-solvents.
  • the co-solvent can comprise ethylene glycol butyl ether (EGBE), diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (DGBE), triethylene glycol monobutyl ether (TEGBE), ethylene glycol dibutyl ether (EGDE), polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (mPEG), or any combination thereof.
  • the co-solvent can comprise an alcohol such as isopropyl alcohol (IP A), isobutyl alcohol (IBA), secondary butyl alcohol (SB A), or any combination thereof.
  • aqueous surfactant compositions comprising a surfactant package described herein. These compositions can be used in oil and gas operations. These surfactant compositions can comprise water, one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein, and optionally one or more additional components chosen from one or more co-surfactants, a viscosity -modifying polymer, or any combination thereof.
  • the surfactant package can be combined with an aqueous-based injection fluid to form a low particle size injection fluid prior to injection into a well.
  • the surfactant package may be added directly into the aqueous-based injection fluid, or the surfactant package may be diluted (e.g., with water or an aqueous-based injection fluid) prior to being added to the injection fluid.
  • the aqueous-based injection fluid prior to addition of the surfactant package is an aqueous-based injection fluid that was previously injected into the well.
  • the surfactant package can decrease the particle size distribution within the aqueous-based injection fluid, creating a low particle size injection fluid.
  • the aqueous-based injection fluid can comprise any type of water, treated or untreated, and can vary in salt content.
  • the aqueous-based injection fluid can comprise sea water, brackish water, fresh water, flowback or produced water, wastewater (e.g., reclaimed or recycled), river water, lake or pond water, aquifer water, brine (e.g., reservoir or synthetic brine), or any combination thereof.
  • wastewater e.g., reclaimed or recycled
  • river water e.g., lake or pond water
  • brine e.g., reservoir or synthetic brine
  • the aqueous-based injection fluid can comprise slickwater.
  • the low particle size injection fluids can comprise from 30% to 99.85% by weight of the total composition of water, for example from 70% to 98% water, from 70% to 90% water, from 70% to 80% water, from 50% to 90% water, from 50% to 70% water, from 50% to 80% water, from 40% to 98% water, or from 50% to 99% water.
  • the aqueous-based injection fluid can include an acid, a polymer, a friction reducer, a mobility control agent, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a scale inhibitor, a corrosion inhibitor, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a proppant, a wettability alteration chemical, a co-solvent (e.g., a C1-C5 alcohol, or an alkoxylated C1-C5 alcohol), or any combination thereof.
  • the aqueous-based injection fluid can comprise an acid (e.g., at least 10% acid, such as from 10% to 20% by weight acid).
  • the injection fluid can comprise a proppant.
  • the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of at least 0.01% by weight (e.g., at least 0.02% by weight, at least 0.03% by weight, at least 0.04% by weight, at least 0.05% by weight, at least 0.06% by weight, at least 0.07% by weight, at least 0.08% by weight, at least 0.09% by weight, at least 0.1% by weight, at least 0.15% by weight, at least 0.2% by weight, at least 0.25% by weight, at least 0.3% by weight, at least 0.35% by weight, at least 0.4% by weight, at least 0.45% by weight, at least 0.5% by weight, at least 0.55% by weight, at least 0.6% by weight, at least 0.65% by weight, at least 0.7% by weight, at least 0.75% by weight, at least 0.8% by weight, at least 0.85% by weight, at least 0.9% by weight, at least 0.95% by weight
  • the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of 2.5% by weight or less (e.g., 2.25% by weight or less, 2% by weight or less, 1.75% by weight or less, 1.5% by weight or less, 1.25% by weight or less, 1% by weight or less, 0.95% by weight or less, 0.9% by weight or less, 0.85% by weight or less, 0.8% by weight or less, 0.75% by weight or less, 0.7% by weight or less, 0.65% by weight or less, 0.6% by weight or less, 0.55% by weight or less, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.45% by weight or less, 0.4% by weight or less, 0.35% by weight or less, 0.3% by weight or less, 0.25% by weight or less, 0.2% by weight or less, 0.15% by weight or less,
  • the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%, less than 0.075%, or less than 0.05%.
  • the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of from 0.01% to 2.5% by weight (e.g., from 0.05% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.1% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.2% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.1% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.2% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.3% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.4% by weight, or from 0.1% to 0.3% by weight), based on the total weight of the low particle size injection fluid.
  • the one or more co-surfactants can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of at least 0.001% by weight (e.g., at least 0.005% by weight, at least 0.01% by weight, at least 0.02% by weight, at least 0.03% by weight, at least 0.04% by weight, at least 0.05% by weight, at least 0.06% by weight, at least 0.07% by weight, at least 0.08% by weight, at least 0.09% by weight, at least 0.1% by weight, at least 0.15% by weight, at least 0.2% by weight, at least 0.25% by weight, at least 0.3% by weight, at least 0.35% by weight, at least 0.4% by weight, at least 0.45% by weight, at least 0.5% by weight, at least 0.55% by weight, at least 0.6% by weight, at least 0.65% by weight, at least 0.7% by weight, at least 0.75% by weight, at least 0.8% by weight, at least 0.85% by weight, at least 0.9% by weight, at least 0.95% by weight, at least 1% by weight
  • the one or more co-surfactants can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of 2.5% by weight or less (e.g., 2.25% by weight or less, 2% by weight or less, 1.75% by weight or less, 1.5% by weight or less, 1.25% by weight or less, 1% by weight or less, 0.95% by weight or less, 0.9% by weight or less, 0.85% by weight or less, 0.8% by weight or less, 0.75% by weight or less, 0.7% by weight or less, 0.65% by weight or less, 0.6% by weight or less, 0.55% by weight or less, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.45% by weight or less, 0.4% by weight or less, 0.35% by weight or less, 0.3% by weight or less, 0.25% by weight or less, 0.2% by weight or less, 0.15% by weight or less, 0.1% by weight or less, 0.09% by weight or less, 0.08% by weight or less, 0.07% by weight or less, 0.06% by weight or less, 0.05% by weight or less, 0.05%
  • the one or more co surfactants can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of less than 2%, less than 1.5%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%, less than 0.075%, less than 0.05%, or less than 0.01%.
  • the one or more co-surfactants can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the one or more co surfactants can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of from 0.001% to 2.5% by weight (e.g., from 0.001% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.001% to 2% by weight, from 0.001% to 1 % by weight, from 0.001% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.01% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.1% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.5% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.5% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.5% to 2% by weight, from 1% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.1% to 1% by weight, from 0.1% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.2% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.1% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.2% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.3% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.4% by weight, or from 0.1% to
  • the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and one or more co-surfactants can be present in the LPS injection fluid, the single-phase liquid surfactant package, or both in a weight ratio of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein to one or more co- surfactants of at least 1 : 1 (e.g., at least 2:1, at least 2.5:1, at least 3:1, at least 4:1, at least 5:1, at least 6:1, at least 7:1, at least 8: 1, or at least 9:1).
  • at least 1 : 1 e.g., at least 2:1, at least 2.5:1, at least 3:1, at least 4:1, at least 5:1, at least 6:1, at least 7:1, at least 8: 1, or at least 9:1).
  • the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and one or more co- surfactants can be present in the LPS injection fluid, the single-phase liquid surfactant package, or both in a weight ratio of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein to one or more co surfactants of 10:1 or less (e.g., 9:1 or less; 8:1 or less, 7:1 or less, 6:1 or less, 5:1 or less, 4:1 or less, 3:1 or less, 2.5:1 or less, or 2:1 or less).
  • 10:1 or less e.g., 9:1 or less; 8:1 or less, 7:1 or less, 6:1 or less, 5:1 or less, 4:1 or less, 3:1 or less, 2.5:1 or less, or 2:1 or less.
  • the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and one or more co-surfactants can be present in the LPS injection fluid, the surfactant package, or both in a weight ratio ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and one or more co- surfactants can be present in the LPS injection fluid, the surfactant package, or both in a weight ratio of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein to one or more co- surfactants of from 1 : 1 to 10:1 (e.g., 1:1 to 5:1, Ll to 2:l, 1:1 to 3:1, 1:1 to 7:1, 2:1 to 5:1, 2:1 to 8:1, or 2:1 to 10:1).
  • 1 : 1 to 10:1 e.g., 1:1 to 5:1, Ll to 2:l, 1:1 to 3:1, 1:1 to 7:1, 2:1 to 5:1, 2:1 to 8:1, or 2:1 to 10:1.
  • the one or more co- surfactants are absent (i.e., the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein are the only surfactant(s) present in the surfactant package).
  • the total concentration of all surfactants in the LPS injection fluid can be at least 0.01% by weight (e.g., at least 0.02% by weight, at least 0.03% by weight, at least 0.04% by weight, at least 0.05% by weight, at least 0.06% by weight, at least 0.07% by weight, at least 0.08% by weight, at least 0.09% by weight, at least 0.1% by weight, at least 0.15% by weight, at least 0.2% by weight, at least 0.25% by weight, at least 0.3% by weight, at least 0.35% by weight, at least 0.4% by weight, at least 0.45% by weight, at least 0.5% by weight, at least 0.55% by weight, at least 0.6% by weight, at least 0.65% by weight, at least 0.7% by weight, at least 0.75% by weight, at least 0.8% by weight, at least 0.85%
  • the total concentration of all surfactants in the LPS injection fluid can be 5% by weight or less (e.g., 4.75% by weight or less, 4.5% by weight or less, 4.25% by weight or less, 4% by weight or less, 3.75% by weight or less, 3.5% by weight or less, 3.25% by weight or less, 3% by weight or less, 2.75% by weight or less, 2.5% by weight or less, 2.25% by weight or less, 2% by weight or less, 1.75% by weight or less, 1.5% by weight or less, 1.25% by weight or less, 1% by weight or less, 0.95% by weight or less, 0.9% by weight or less, 0.85% by weight or less, 0.8% by weight or less, 0.75% by weight or less, 0.7% by weight or less, 0.65% by weight or less, 0.6% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, 0.7% by weight or less, 0.65% by weight or less, 0.6% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less
  • the total concentration of all surfactants in the LPS injection fluid can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the total concentration of all surfactants in the LPS injection fluid can be from 0.01% by weight to 5% by weight (e.g., from 0.01% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.01% to 1% by weight, or from 0.01% to 0.5% by weight).
  • the total concentration of all surfactants in the LPS injection fluid can be from 0.01% to 1.5% by weight, (e.g., from 0.01% to 1% by weight, from 0.1% to 1% by weight, from 0.1% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.5% to 1% by weight, from 0.5% to 1.5% by weight, from 1% to 1.5% by weight, or from 0.01% to 0.5% by weight).
  • the total concentration of all surfactants in the LPS injection fluid can be from 0.01% to 5% by weight, from 0.01% to 1% by weight, from 0.5% to 5% by weight, from 0.5% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.5% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.5% to 1% by weight, from 1% to 5% by weight, from 1% to 2.5% by weight, from or 1% to 1.5% by weight).
  • the one or more co-solvents can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of less than 2%, less than 1.5%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%, less than 0.075%, less than 0.05%, or less than 0.01%.
  • the one or more co-solvents can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of from 0.001% to 1.5% by weight (e.g., from 0.001% to 1 % by weight, from 0.001% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.01% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.1% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.5% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.1% to 1% by weight, from 0.1% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.2% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.1% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.2% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.3% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.4% by weight, or from 0.1% to 0.3% by weight, or 0.05% to 0.5% by weight), based on the total weight of the low particle size injection fluid.
  • the LPS injection fluid may be a single-phase fluid or may be an emulsion depending on the amount of oil within the injection fluid.
  • the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the one or more co-surfactants can be added to the aqueous-based injection fluid to form the LPS injection fluid.
  • the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the one or more co- surfactants can be pre-mixed as components of the surfactant package.
  • the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the one or more co- surfactants can be separately combined with (e.g., sequentially added to) the aqueous-based injection fluid to form the LPS injection fluid.
  • the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and/or the one or more co- surfactants can be added separately or together to an aqueous-based injection fluid when preparing slickwater in a tank.
  • the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the one or more co-surfactants can be mixed with one or more additional components prior to combination with the aqueous-based injection fluid.
  • the one or more surfactants present in the surfactant package can be selected to improve hydrocarbon recovery.
  • the one or more surfactants can improve hydrocarbon recovery by increasing the aqueous stability of the LPS injection fluid at the temperature and salinity of the reservoir, decreasing the interfacial tension (IFT) of the LPS injection fluid with hydrocarbons in the reservoir, changing (e.g., increasing or decreasing the wettability of the reservoir, or any combination thereof.
  • IFT interfacial tension
  • the one or more surfactants in the surfactant package can increase the aqueous stability of the LPS injection fluid at the temperature and salinity of the reservoir.
  • Aqueous stable solutions can propagate further into a reservoir upon injection as compared to an injection fluid lacking aqueous stability.
  • aqueous stable solutions do not precipitate particulates or phase separate within the formation which may obstruct or hinder fluid flow through the reservoir.
  • injection fluids that exhibit aqueous stability under reservoir conditions can largely eliminate formation damage associated with precipitation of injected chemicals. In this way, hydrocarbon recovery can be facilitated by the one or more surfactants in the surfactant package.
  • the one or more surfactants in the surfactant package can decrease the interfacial tension (IFT) of the LPS injection fluid with hydrocarbons in the reservoir. Reducing the IFT can decrease pressure required to drive an aqueous-based injection fluid into the formation matrix. In addition, decreasing the IFT reduces water block during production, facilitating the flow of hydrocarbons from the formation to the wellbore (e.g., facilitating the flow of hydrocarbons back through the fractures and to the wellbore). In this way, hydrocarbon recovery can be facilitated by the one or more surfactants in the surfactant package.
  • IFT interfacial tension
  • the one or more surfactants in the surfactant package can change the wettability of the reservoir.
  • the one or more surfactants in the surfactant package can make the reservoir more water- wet.
  • the formation will imbibe injected aqueous-based injection fluid into the formation matrix, leading to a corresponding flow of hydrocarbon from regions within the formation back to the fracture. In this way, hydrocarbon recovery can be facilitated by the one or more surfactants in the surfactant package.
  • the one or more surfactants can improve hydrocarbon recovery by increasing the aqueous stability of the LPS injection fluid at the temperature and salinity of the reservoir and decreasing the interfacial tension (IFT) of the LPS injection fluid with hydrocarbons in the reservoir. In some embodiments, the one or more surfactants can improve hydrocarbon recovery by decreasing the interfacial tension (IFT) of the LPS injection fluid with hydrocarbons in the reservoir and increasing the wettability of the reservoir. In some embodiments, the one or more surfactants can improve hydrocarbon recovery by increasing the aqueous stability of the LPS injection fluid at the temperature and salinity of the reservoir and increasing the wettability of the reservoir.
  • the one or more surfactants can improve hydrocarbon recovery by increasing the aqueous stability of the LPS injection fluid at the temperature and salinity of the reservoir, decreasing the interfacial tension (IFT) of the LPS injection fluid with hydrocarbons in the reservoir, and changing the wettability of the reservoir.
  • the surfactant package is tested by determining the mean particle size distribution through dynamic light scattering.
  • the mean particle size distribution of the aqueous-based injection fluid decreases after addition of the single-phase liquid surfactant package.
  • the average diameter of particle size of the LPS injection fluid is less than 0.1 micrometers.
  • the average diameter of the LPS injection fluid when tested at the specific reservoir temperature and salinity, is less than 0.1 micrometers. In specific embodiments, the average diameter in particle size distribution measurement of the LPS injection fluid is less than the average pore size of the unconventional reservoir rock matrix.
  • the surfactant packages as described herein can be combined with one or more additional components to form a foamed composition.
  • the foamed composition can comprise an acid.
  • the acid can comprise any suitable acid known in the art.
  • the acid can comprise a strong acid, such as HC1.
  • the acid can comprise a weak acid, such as an organic acid.
  • the foamed composition can have a pH of at least 2 (e.g., at least 2.5, at least 3, at least 3.5, at least 4, at least 4.5, at least 5, or at least 5.5). In some embodiments, the foamed composition can have a pH of 6 or less (e.g., 5.5 or less, 5 or less, 4.5 or less, 4 or less, 3.5 or less, 3 or less, or 2.5 or less).
  • the foamed composition can have a pH ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the foamed composition can have a pH of from 2 to 6 (e.g., from 2 to 5.5, from 2 to 4, or from 2 to 3).
  • the foamed composition can comprise an alkali agent.
  • alkali agent is used herein according to its conventional meaning and includes basic, ionic salts of alkali metals or alkaline earth metals.
  • Alkali agents as provided herein are typically capable of reacting with an unrefined petroleum acid (e.g., an acid in crude oil (reactive oil)) to form soap (a surfactant salt of a fatty acid) in situ.
  • soap a surfactant salt of a fatty acid
  • alkali agents include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metaborate, and salts of EDTA (e.g., EDTA tetrasodium salt or EDTA tetrapotassium salt).
  • the alkali agent is NaOH. In other embodiments, the alkali agent is Na 2 C03.
  • the foamed composition can have a pH of at least 8 (e.g., at least 8.5, at least 9, at least 9.5, at least 10, at least 10.5, at least 11, or at least 11.5). In some embodiments, the foamed composition can have a pH of 12 or less (e.g., 11.5 or less, 11 or less, 10.5 or less, 10 or less, 9.5 or less, 9 or less, or 8.5 or less).
  • the foamed composition can have a pH ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the foamed composition can have a pH of from 8 to 12 (e.g., from 8.5 to 12, from 9 to 12, from 8.5 to 11.5, from 9 to 11.5, from 8.5 to 11, or from 9 to 11).
  • the foamed composition can comprise a co-solvent.
  • suitable co solvents include alcohols, such as lower carbon chain alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol, ethanol, n-propyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, n-amyl alcohol, sec-amyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, sec-hexyl alcohol and the like; alcohol ethers, polyalkylene alcohol ethers, polyalkylene glycols, poly(oxyalkylene)glycols, poly(oxyalkylene)glycol ethers, ethoxylated phenol, or any other common organic co-solvent or combinations of any two or more co solvents.
  • the co-solvent can comprise ethylene glycol butyl ether (EGBE), diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (DGBE), triethylene glycol monobutyl ether (TEGBE), ethylene glycol dibutyl ether (EGDE), polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (mPEG), or any combination thereof.
  • the co-solvent can be present in the foamed composition in an amount of from 0.1% to 25% by weight (e.g.
  • the foamed composition can comprise a viscosity -modifying polymer.
  • viscosity-modifying polymer are known in the art.
  • suitable polymers include biopolymers such as polysaccharides.
  • polysaccharides can be xanthan gum, scleroglucan, guar gum, a mixture thereof (e.g., any modifications thereof such as a modified chain), etc.
  • suitable synthetic polymers include polyacrylamides.
  • suitable polymers include synthetic polymers such as partially hydrolyzed polyacrylamides (HP AMs or PHPAs) and hydrophobically-modified associative polymers (APs). Also included are co-polymers of polyacrylamide (PAM) and one or both of 2- acrylamido 2-methylpropane sulfonic acid (and/or sodium salt) commonly referred to as AMPS (also more generally known as acrylamido tertiobutyl sulfonic acid or ATBS), N-vinyl pyrrolidone (NVP), and the NVP-based synthetic may be single-, co-, or ter-polymers. In one embodiment, the synthetic polymer is polyacrylic acid (PAA).
  • PAA polyacrylic acid
  • the synthetic polymer is polyvinyl alcohol (PVA). Copolymers may be made of any combination or mixture above, for example, a combination of NVP and ATBS.
  • the viscosity modifying polymer can comprise an uncrosslinked polymer.
  • the viscosity -modifying polymer can be present in the foamed composition in an amount of from 0.1% to 25% by weight (e.g. from 0.1% to 10% by weight, from 1% to 10% by weight, from 5% to 10% by weight, from 1% to 25% by weight, from 5% to 25% by weight, from 10% to 25% by weight, from 1% to 5% by weight, or from 0.5% to 5% by weight) of the total weight of the foamed composition.
  • the foamed composition can further comprise a foam stabilizer.
  • Foam stabilizers are known in the art and include, for example, crosslinkers, particulate stabilizers, or any combination thereof.
  • the foamed composition can further include a crosslinker, such as a borate crosslinking agent, a Zr crosslinking agent, a Ti crosslinking agent, an A1 crosslinking agent, an organic crosslinker, or any combination thereof.
  • a crosslinker such as a borate crosslinking agent, a Zr crosslinking agent, a Ti crosslinking agent, an A1 crosslinking agent, an organic crosslinker, or any combination thereof.
  • the viscosity modifying polymer and the crosslinker can be present in a weight ratio of from 20: 1 to 100: 1.
  • the foamed composition can further include a particulate stabilizer (e.g., nanoparticles or microparticles).
  • a particulate stabilizer e.g., nanoparticles or microparticles.
  • suitable nanoparticles and microparticles include, for example, nickel oxide, alumina, silica (surface-modified), a silicate, iron oxide (FesCE), titanium oxide, impregnated nickel on alumina, synthetic clay, natural clay, iron zinc sulfide, magnetite, iron octanoate, or any combination thereof.
  • Other examples of suitable nanoparticles are described, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 10,266,750, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the foamed composition can further comprise a breaker.
  • the period of time in step (c) comprises a period of time effective to allow the foamed composition to break.
  • the surfactant packages as described herein can be formulated into injection compositions that further comprise a borate-acid buffer.
  • the composition can comprise a borate-acid buffer, a surfactant package, and water.
  • the composition can comprise a borate-acid buffer, a surfactant package, a polymer, and water.
  • the water used to form the aqueous injection compositions can comprise any type of water, treated or untreated, and can vary in salt content.
  • the water can comprise sea water, brackish water, fresh water, flowback or produced water, wastewater (e.g., reclaimed or recycled), river water, lake or pond water, aquifer water, brine (e.g., reservoir or synthetic brine), or any combination thereof.
  • the water can comprise hard water or hard brine.
  • the hard water or hard brine comprises a divalent metal ion chosen from Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , Sr 2+ , Ba 2+ , or any combination thereof.
  • the hard water or hard brine can comprise at least 10 ppm at least 100 ppm, at least 500 ppm, at least 1,000 ppm, at least 5,000 ppm, or at least 10,000 ppm of divalent metal ions chosen from Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , Sr 2+ , Ba 2+ , or any combination thereof.
  • the hard water or hard brine can comprise from 100 ppm to 25,000 ppm of divalent metal ions chosen from Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , Sr 2+ , Ba 2+ , or any combination thereof.
  • the borate-acid buffer serves to buffer the pH of the injection composition.
  • the composition can be buffered such that a minimal addition of an acid or base to the buffered composition will not substantially impact the pH of the composition.
  • the borate-acid buffer can exhibit a capacity to buffer at a pH of from at least 6 (e.g., a pH of at least 6.25, a pH of at least 6.5, a pH. of at least 6.75, a pH of at least 7, a pH of at least 7.25, a pH of at least 7.5, a pH. of at least 7.75, a pH of at least 8, or a pH of at least 8.25).
  • the borate-acid buffer can exhibit a capacity to buffer at a pH of 8.5 or less (e.g., a pH of 8.25 or less, a pH of 8 or less, a pH of 7.75 or less, a pH of 7.5 or less, a pH of 7.25 or less, a pH of 7 or less, a pH of 6.75 or less, a pH of 6.5 or less, or a pH of 6.25 or less).
  • a pH of 8.5 or less e.g., a pH of 8.25 or less, a pH of 8 or less, a pH of 7.75 or less, a pH of 7.5 or less, a pH of 7.25 or less, a pH of 7 or less, a pH of 6.75 or less, a pH of 6.5 or less, or a pH of 6.25 or less.
  • the borate-acid buffer can exhibit a capacity to buffer at a pH ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the borate-acid buffer can exhibit a capacity to buffer at a pH of from 6 to 8.5 (e.g., from 6.5 to 7.5, from 6 to 7.5, from 6.5 to 7, or from 6 to 7).
  • the borate-acid buffer can exhibit a capacity to buffer at a pH of less than 8. In certain embodiments, the borate-acid buffer can exhibit a capacity to buffer at a pH of less than 7.
  • the borate-acid buffer can exhibit a capacity to buffer at a pH below the point of zero charge of a formation into which the composition will be injected as part of an oil and gas operation.
  • the injection composition can have a salinity of at least 5,000 ppm. In other embodiments, the injection composition has a salinity of at least 50,000 ppm. In other embodiments, the injection composition has a salinity of at least 100,000 ppm. In other embodiments, the injection composition has a salinity of at least 250,000 ppm.
  • the total range of salinity is 100 ppm to saturated brine (about 260,000 ppm).
  • the injection composition can have a temperature of at least 20°C (e.g., at least 30°C, at least 40°C, at least 50°C, at least 60°C, at least 70°C, at least 80°C, at least 90°C, at least 100°C, or at least 110°C).
  • the injection composition can have a temperature of 120°C or less (e.g., 110°C or less, 100°C or less, 90°C or less, 80°C or less, 70°C or less, 60°C or less, 50°C or less, 40°C or less, or 30°C or less). In some embodiments, the injection composition can have a temperature of greater than 120°C.
  • the injection composition can have a temperature ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the injection composition can have a temperature of from 20°C to 120°C (e.g., from 50°C to 120°C, from 60°C to 120°C, from 70°C to 120°C, from 50°C to 100°C, from 80°C to 100°C, or from 80°C to 120°C).
  • the injection composition can have a viscosity of between 20 mPas and 100 mPas at 20°C.
  • the viscosity of the injection solution may be increased from 0.3 mPas to 1, 2, 10, 20, 100 or even 1000 mPas by including a water-soluble polymer.
  • the apparent viscosity of the injection composition may be increased with a gas (e.g., a foam forming gas) as an alternative to the water-soluble polymer.
  • the injection compositions described herein can include a borate-acid buffer.
  • the borate-acid buffer can comprise a borate compound and a conjugate base of an acid.
  • boron compounds include Borax, Sodium tetraborate decahydrate (Na2B4O7.10H2O), Borax pentahydrate (Na2B407.5H20), Kemite (Na2B407.4H20), Borax monohydrate (Na2O.2B2O3.H2O), Sodium metaborate tetrahydrate (NaB02.4H20 or Na2O.B2O3.8H2O), Sodium metaborate dihydrate (NaB02.2H20 or Na2O.B2O3.4H2O), Ezcurrite (2Na2O.5 iB2O3.7H2O), Auger's sodium borate/Nasinite (2Na2O.5B2O3.5H2O), Sodium pentaborate (Na20.5B203.10H20), Potassium metaborate (K2O.B2O3.2.5H2O), Potassium tetraborate (K2O.
  • Vonsenite ((Mg,Fe n )2Fe m B05), Paigeite ((Fe n ,Mg)2Fe m B05), Pinakiolite (Mg 3 Mn n Mn2 m B20io), Axinite (2Al20 3. 2(Fe,Mn)0.4Ca0.H20.B20 3 8Si02), Bakerite, Danburite (Ca0.B 2 0 3. 2Si02), Datolite (2CaO.H2O.B2O 3. SiO2), Dumortierite (8AI2O 3. H2OB2O 3. 6S1O2), Grandidierite (1 l(Al,Fe,B)20 3.
  • boron compound in boron compound can comprise a metaborate or a borax.
  • the boron compound can comprise sodium tetraborate, calcium tetraborate, sodium borate, sodium metaborate, or any combination thereof.
  • the boron compound comprises sodium metaborate.
  • sodium metaborate refers to the borate salt having the chemical formula NaB024H20 and in the customary sense, refers to CAS Registry No. 10555-76-7.
  • the boron compound comprises borax.
  • Other suitable compounds include, for example, barium borate or zinc borate.
  • the acid can comprise any suitable acid.
  • the acid can comprise acetic acid, citric acid, boric acid, tartaric acid, hydrochloric acid, succinic acid, or any combination thereof.
  • the acid can comprise an organic acid.
  • the conjugate base of the acid comprises a chelator for a divalent metal ion (e.g., Mg 2+ or Ca 2+ ).
  • the conjugate base of the acid comprises two or more heteroatoms (e.g., two or more oxygen atoms).
  • the conjugate base comprises one or more carboxylate moieties.
  • the conjugate base can comprise acetate, citrate, tartrate, succinate, or any combination thereof.
  • the borate compound and the conjugate base of the organic acid can be present at a weight ratio of from 1:1 to 5:1 (e.g., from 1:1 to 3:1, from 2:1 to 5:1, from 1:1 to 4:1, or from 1:1 to 2:1).
  • the borate-acid buffer can comprise two or more different borate compounds, two or more conjugate bases of different acids, or any combination thereof.
  • the borate-acid buffer can be prepared by mixing two or more borate compounds with an acid, a borate compound with two or more acids, or two or more borate compounds with two or more acids.
  • the borate-acid buffer comprises a borate compound, a conjugate base of a first acid, and a conjugate base of a second acid.
  • the first acid comprises acetic acid.
  • the second acid comprises an acid whose conjugate base has lower solubility in the aqueous composition than acetate.
  • the second acid can comprise citric acid.
  • the borate-acid buffer can comprise a first borate compound, second borate compounds, and a conjugate base of an acid.
  • borate-acid buffers described above can likewise be formed by combining boric acid with an alkali.
  • borate-acid buffers can be formed by combining boric acid an alkali such as an acetate salt (e.g., sodium acetate, potassium acetate), a citrate salt (e.g., sodium citrate, potassium citrate), a tartrate salt (e.g., sodium tartrate, potassium tartrate, sodium potassium tartrate, potassium bitartrate), a hydroxide salt (e.g., sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide), a succinate salt (e.g., sodium succinate, potassium succinate), or any combination thereof.
  • an alkali such as an acetate salt (e.g., sodium acetate, potassium acetate), a citrate salt (e.g., sodium citrate, potassium citrate), a tartrate salt (e.g., sodium tartrate, potassium tartrate, sodium potassium tartrate, potassium bitartrate), a hydroxide salt (e.g., sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide), a succinate salt (e.g., sodium succinate, potassium succinate
  • the alkali can form a conjugate acid that comprises a chelator for a divalent metal ion.
  • the conjugate acid can comprise two or more heteroatoms (e.g., two or more oxygen atoms).
  • the conjugate acid can comprise one or more carboxylate moieties.
  • the borate-acid buffer can have a concentration within the injection composition of at least 0.01% by weight (e.g., at least 0.02% by weight, at least 0.03% by weight, at least 0.04% by weight, at least 0.05% by weight, at least 0.06% by weight, at least 0.07% by weight, at least 0.08% by weight, at least 0.09% by weight, at least 0.1% by weight, at least 0.15% by weight, at least 0.2% by weight, at least 0.25% by weight, at least 0.3% by weight, at least 0.35% by weight, at least 0.4% by weight, at least 0.45% by weight, at least 0.5% by weight, at least 0.55% by weight, at least 0.6% by weight, at least 0.65% by weight, at least 0.7% by weight, at least 0.75% by weight, at least 0.8% by weight, at least 0.85% by weight, at least 0.9% by weight, at least 0.95% by weight, at least 1% by weight, at least 1.25% by weight, at least 1.5% by weight, at least 1.75% by
  • the borate-acid buffer can have a concentration within the injection composition of 5% by weight or less (e.g., 4.5% by weight or less, 4% by weight or less, 3.5% by weight or less, 3% by weight or less, 2.5% by weight or less, 2% by weight or less, 1.75% by weight or less, 1.5% by weight or less, 1.25% by weight or less, 1% by weight or less, 0.95% by weight or less, 0.9% by weight or less, 0.85% by weight or less, 0.8% by weight or less, 0.75% by weight or less, 0.7% by weight or less, 0.65% by weight or less, 0.6% by weight or less, 0.55% by weight or less, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.45% by weight or less, 0.4% by weight or less, 0.35% by weight or less, 0.3% by weight or less, 0.25% by weight or less, 0.2% by weight or less, 0.15% by weight or less, 0.1% by weight or less, 0.09% by weight or less, 0.08% by weight or less,
  • the borate-acid buffer can have a concentration within the injection composition ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the borate-acid buffer can have a concentration within the injection composition of from 0.01% to 5% by weight (e.g., from 0.01% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.01% to 2% by weight, from 0.05% to 5% by weight, from 0.05% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.05% to 1% by weight, or from 0.05% to 0.5% by weight), based on the total weight of the injection composition.
  • the injection compositions can further include a polymer, such as a viscosity enhancing water-soluble polymer.
  • the water-soluble polymer may be a biopolymer such as xanthan gum or scleroglucan, a synthetic polymer such as polyacryamide, hydrolyzed polyarcrylamide or co-polymers of acrylamide and acrylic acid, 2- acrylamido 2-methyl propane sulfonate or N-vinyl pyrrolidone, a synthetic polymer such as polyethylene oxide, or any other high molecular weight polymer soluble in water or brine.
  • the polymer is polyacrylamide (PAM), partially hydrolyzed polyacrylamides (HP AM), and copolymers of 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid or sodium salt or mixtures thereof, and polyacrylamide (PAM) commonly referred to as AMPS copolymer and mixtures of the copolymers thereof.
  • PAM polyacrylamide
  • the viscosity enhancing water-soluble polymer is polyacrylamide or a co-polymer of polyacrylamide.
  • the viscosity enhancing water-soluble polymer is a partially (e.g. 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%) hydrolyzed anionic polyacrylamide.
  • Molecular weights of the polymers may range from about 10,000 Daltons to about 20,000,000 Daltons.
  • the viscosity enhancing water-soluble polymer is used in the range of about 100 to about 5000 ppm concentration, such as from about 1000 to 2000 ppm (e.g., in order to match or exceed the reservoir oil viscosity under the reservoir conditions of temperature and pressure).
  • the polymer can be a powder polymer, a liquid polymer, or an emulsion polymer.
  • polymers More examples may be found in Dwarakanath et ah, “Permeability Reduction Due to use of Liquid Polymers and Development of Remediation Options,” SPE 179657, SPE IOR Symposium in Tulsa, 2016, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the injection compositions can further include a co-solvent.
  • suitable co-solvents include alcohols, such as lower carbon chain alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol, ethanol, n-propyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, n-amyl alcohol, sec-amyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, sec-hexyl alcohol and the like; alcohol ethers, polyalkylene alcohol ethers, polyalkylene glycols, poly(oxyalkylene)glycols, poly(oxyalkylene)glycol ethers, ethoxylated phenol, or any other common organic co-solvent or combinations of any two or more co-solvents.
  • the co-solvent can comprise ethylene glycol butyl ether (EGBE), diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (DGBE), triethylene glycol monobutyl ether (TEGBE), ethylene glycol dibutyl ether (EGDE), polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (mPEG), or any combination thereof.
  • the injection compositions provided herein may include more than one co-solvent.
  • the injection composition includes a plurality of different co-solvents.
  • the different co-solvents can be distinguished by their chemical (structural) properties.
  • the injection composition may include a first co-solvent, a second co-solvent and a third co-solvent, wherein the first co-solvent is chemically different from the second and the third co-solvent, and the second co-solvent is chemically different from the third co-solvent.
  • the plurality of different co-solvents includes at least two different alcohols (e.g., a C1-C 6 alcohol and a C1-C4 alcohol).
  • the aqueous composition includes a C1-C 6 alcohol and a C1-C4 alcohol.
  • the plurality of different co-solvents includes at least two different alkoxy alcohols (e.g., a C1-C 6 alkoxy alcohol and a C1-C4 alkoxy alcohol).
  • the injection composition includes a C1-C 6 alkoxy alcohol and a C1-C4 alkoxy alcohol.
  • the plurality of different co-solvents includes at least two co-solvents selected from the group consisting of alcohols, alkyl alkoxy alcohols and phenyl alkoxy alcohols.
  • the plurality of different co-solvents may include an alcohol and an alkyl alkoxy alcohol, an alcohol and a phenyl alkoxy alcohol, or an alcohol, an alkyl alkoxy alcohol and a phenyl alkoxy alcohol.
  • the alkyl alkoxy alcohols or phenyl alkoxy alcohols provided herein have a hydrophobic portion (alkyl or aryl chain), a hydrophilic portion (e.g., an alcohol) and optionally an alkoxy (ethoxylate or propoxylate) portion.
  • the co-solvent is an alcohol, alkoxy alcohol, glycol ether, glycol or glycerol.
  • Suitable co-solvents are known in the art, and include, for example, co- surfactants described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0281327 which is hereby incorporated herein in its entirety.
  • the co-solvents can have a concentration within the injection composition of at least 0.01% by weight (e.g., at least 0.02% by weight, at least 0.03% by weight, at least 0.04% by weight, at least 0.05% by weight, at least 0.06% by weight, at least 0.07% by weight, at least 0.08% by weight, at least 0.09% by weight, at least 0.1% by weight, at least 0.15% by weight, at least 0.2% by weight, at least 0.25% by weight, at least 0.3% by weight, at least 0.35% by weight, at least 0.4% by weight, at least 0.45% by weight, at least 0.5% by weight, at least 0.55% by weight, at least 0.6% by weight, at least 0.65% by weight, at least 0.7% by weight, at least 0.75% by weight, at least 0.8% by weight, at least 0.85% by weight, at least 0.9% by weight, at least 0.95% by weight, at least 1% by weight, at least 1.25% by weight, at least 1.5% by weight, at least 1.75% by weight
  • the co-solvents can have a concentration within the aqueous composition of 5% by weight or less (e.g., 4.5% by weight or less, 4% by weight or less, 3.5% by weight or less, 3% by weight or less, 2.5% by weight or less, 2% by weight or less, 1.75% by weight or less, 1.5% by weight or less, 1.25% by weight or less, 1% by weight or less, 0.95% by weight or less, 0.9% by weight or less, 0.85% by weight or less, 0.8% by weight or less, 0.75% by weight or less, 0.7% by weight or less, 0.65% by weight or less, 0.6% by weight or less, 0.55% by weight or less, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.45% by weight or less, 0.4% by weight or less, 0.35% by weight or less, 0.3% by weight or less, 0.25% by weight or less, 0.2% by weight or less, 0.15% by weight or less, 0.1% by weight or less, 0.09% by weight or less, 0.08% by weight or less
  • the co-solvents can have a concentration within the injection composition ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the co-solvents can have a concentration within the injection composition of from 0.01% to 5% by weight (e.g., from 0.01% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.05% to 5% by weight, from 0.05% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.05% to 1% by weight, or from 0.05% to 0.5% by weight), based on the total weight of the injection composition.
  • the injection composition can further comprise additional components for use in oil and gas operations, such as a polymer, a friction reducer, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a scale inhibitor, a mobility control agent, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a chelating agent, a proppant, a wettability alteration chemical, or any combination thereof.
  • additional components for use in oil and gas operations such as a polymer, a friction reducer, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a scale inhibitor, a mobility control agent, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a chelating agent, a proppant, a wettability alteration chemical, or any combination thereof.
  • the injection composition can further include a gas.
  • the gas may be combined with the aqueous composition to reduce its mobility by decreasing the liquid flow in the pores of the solid material (e.g., rock).
  • the gas may be supercritical carbon dioxide, nitrogen, natural gas or mixtures of these and other gases.
  • the oil and gas operation can comprise for example, an enhanced oil recovery (EOR) operation (e.g., an improved oil recovery (IOR) operation, a surfactant (S) flooding operation, an alkaline-surfactant (AS) flooding operation, a surfactant-polymer (SP) flooding operation, a alkaline-surfactant-polymer (ASP) flooding operation, a conformance control operation, or any combination thereof) a hydraulic fracturing operation, a wellbore clean-up operation, a stimulation operation, or any combination thereof.
  • EOR enhanced oil recovery
  • IOR improved oil recovery
  • S surfactant
  • AS alkaline-surfactant
  • SP surfactant-polymer
  • ASP alkaline-surfactant-polymer
  • conformance control operation or any combination thereof
  • the surfactant compositions described herein can be used as an injection fluid, as a component of an injection fluid, as a hydraulic fracturing fluid, or as a component of a hydraulic fracturing fluid.
  • methods of treating a subterranean formation comprise introducing an aqueous fluid comprising water and a surfactant package through a wellbore into the subterranean formation.
  • the surfactant package can comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein.
  • the subterranean formation can be a subsea reservoir and/or subsurface reservoir.
  • the compositions described herein can be used in treatment operations in an unconventional subterranean formation.
  • the aqueous compositions (injection compositions) described herein can be used as part of a completion and/or fracturing operation.
  • methods of treating the subterranean formation can comprise a fracturing operation.
  • the method can comprise injecting the aqueous fluid into the subterranean formation through the wellbore at a sufficient pressure to create or extend at least one fracture in a rock matrix of the subterranean formation in fluid communication with the wellbore.
  • the fracturing operation can comprise combining a surfactant package described herein with one or more additional components to form an injection composition; and injecting the injection composition through a wellbore and into the unconventional subterranean formation at a sufficient pressure and at a sufficient rate to fracture the unconventional subterranean formation.
  • the wellbore is a hydraulic fracturing wellbore associated with a hydraulic fracturing well, for example, that may have a substantially vertical portion only, or a substantially vertical portion and a substantially horizontal portion below the substantially vertical portion.
  • the fracturing operation can be performed in a new well (e.g., a well that has not been previously fractured).
  • the injection composition can be used in a fracturing operation in an existing well (e.g., in a refracturing operation).
  • the method can comprise performing a fracturing operation on a region of the unconventional subterranean formation proximate to a new wellbore. In some embodiments, the method can comprise performing a fracturing operation on a region of the unconventional subterranean formation proximate to an existing wellbore. In some embodiments, the method can comprise performing a refracturing operation on a previously fractured region of the unconventional subterranean formation proximate to a new wellbore. In some embodiments, the method can comprise performing a refracturing operation on a previously fractured region of the unconventional subterranean formation proximate to an existing wellbore.
  • the method can comprise performing a fracturing operation on a naturally fractured region of the unconventional subterranean formation proximate to a new wellbore (e.g., an infill well). In some embodiments, the method can comprise performing a fracturing operation on a naturally fractured region of the unconventional subterranean formation proximate to an existing wellbore.
  • a new wellbore e.g., an infill well.
  • the previously fractured region of the unconventional reservoir can have been fractured by any suitable type of fracturing operation.
  • the fracturing operation may include hydraulic fracturing, fracturing using electrodes such as described in U.S. Patent No. 9,890,627 (Attorney Dkt. No. T- 9622A), U.S. Patent No. 9,840,898 (Attorney Dkt. No. T-9622B), U.S. Patent Publication No. 2018/0202273 (Attorney Dkt. No. T-9622A-CIP), or fracturing with any other available equipment or methodology.
  • the fracturing operation can further comprise adding a tracer to the injection composition prior to introducing the injection composition through the wellbore into the unconventional subterranean formation; recovering the tracer from the fluids produced from the unconventional subterranean formation through the wellbore, fluids recovered from a different wellbore in fluid communication with the unconventional subterranean formation, or any combination thereof; and comparing the quantity of tracer recovered from the fluids produced to the quantity of tracer introduced to the injection composition.
  • the tracer can comprise a proppant tracer, an oil tracer, a water tracer, or any combination thereof.
  • Example tracers are known in the art, and described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 9,914,872 and Ashish Kumar et ah, Diagnosing Fracture-Wellbore Connectivity Using Chemical Tracer Flowback Data, URTeC 2902023, July 23-25, 2018, page 1-10, Texas, USA.
  • the injection composition can be used at varying points throughout a fracturing operation.
  • the injection compositions described herein can be used as an injection fluid during the first, middle or last part of the fracturing process, or throughout the entire fracturing process.
  • the fracturing process can include a plurality of stages and/or sub-stages.
  • the fracturing process can involve sequential injection of fluids in different stages, with each of the stages employing a different aqueous-based injection fluid system (e.g., with varying properties such as viscosity, chemical composition, etc.).
  • Example fracturing processes of this type are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2009/0044945 and 2015/0083420, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirely.
  • the injection compositions described herein can be used as an injection fluid (optionally with additional components) during any or all of the stages and/or sub stages.
  • Stages and/or sub-stages can employ a wide variety of aqueous-based injection fluid systems, including linear gels, crosslinked gels, and friction-reduced water.
  • Linear gel fracturing fluids are formulated with a wide array of different polymers in an aqueous base. Polymers that are commonly used to formulate these linear gels include guar, hydroxypropyl guar (HPG), carboxymethyl HPG (CMHPG), and hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC).
  • Crosslinked gel fracturing fluids utilize, for example, borate ions to crosslink the hydrated polymers and provide increased viscosity.
  • the polymers most often used in these fluids are guar and HPG.
  • the crosslink obtained by using borate is reversible and is triggered by altering the pH of the fluid system.
  • the reversible characteristic of the crosslink in borate fluids helps them clean up more effectively, resulting in good regained permeability and conductivity.
  • the surfactant packages described herein can be added to any of these aqueous-based injection fluid systems.
  • the surfactant packages described herein can be combined with one or more additional components in a continuous process to form the injection compositions described herein (which is subsequently injected).
  • the surfactant package can be intermittently added to one or more additional components, thereby providing the injections compositions only during desired portions of the treatment operation (e.g., during one or more phases or stages of a fracturing operation).
  • the surfactant package could be added when injecting slickwater, when injecting fracturing fluid with proppant, during an acid wash, or during any combination thereof.
  • the surfactant package is continuously added to the one or more additional components after acid injection until completion of hydraulic fracturing and completion fluid flow-back.
  • the surfactant package can be added to the one or more additional components once an hour, once every 2 hours, once every 4 hours, once every 5 hours, once every 6 hours, twice a day, once a day, or once every other day, for example.
  • the injection composition when used in a fracturing operation, can have a total surfactant concentration of from 0.01% to 1% by weight, based on the total weight of the injection composition.
  • the injection compositions described herein can be used as part of a reservoir stimulation operation.
  • the fluid can be injected to alter the wettability of existing fractures within the formation (without further fracturing the formation significantly by either forming new fractures within the formation and/or extending the existing fractures within the formation).
  • no proppant is used, and fluid injection generally occurs at a lower pressure.
  • the existing fractures can be naturally occurring fractures present within a formation.
  • the formation can comprise naturally fractured carbonate or naturally fractured sandstone.
  • the presence or absence of naturally occurring fractures within a subterranean formation can be assessed using standard methods known in the art, including seismic surveys, geology, outcrops, cores, logging, reservoir characterization including preparing grids, etc.
  • methods for stimulating a subterranean formation with a fluid can comprise introducing an aqueous composition (injection composition) as described herein through a wellbore into the subterranean formation; allowing the injection composition to imbibe into a rock matrix of the subterranean formation for a period of time; and producing fluids from the subterranean formation through the wellbore.
  • the injection fluid can comprise a surfactant package and one or more additional components as described herein.
  • the same wellbore can be used for both introducing the injection composition and producing fluids from the subterranean formation., the same wellbore can be used.
  • introduction of the injection composition can increase the production of hydrocarbons from the same wellbore, from a different wellbore in fluid communication with the subterranean formation, or any combination thereof.
  • the stimulation operation can further comprise preparing the injection composition.
  • the stimulation operation can further comprise combining a surfactant package described herein with one or more additional components to form an injection composition.
  • the injection composition when used in a stimulation operation, can have a total surfactant concentration of from 0.2% to 5% by weight, based on the total weight of the injection composition.
  • introducing an injection composition as described herein through a wellbore into the subterranean formation can comprise injecting the injection composition through the wellbore and into the subterranean formation at a sufficient pressure and at a sufficient rate to stimulate hydrocarbon production from naturally occurring fractures in the subterranean formation.
  • the injection composition as described herein can be allowed to contact the rock matrix (e.g., to imbibe into the rock matrix) of the subterranean formation for varying periods of time depending on the nature of the rock matrix.
  • the imbibing can occur during the introducing step, between the introducing and producing step, or any combination thereof.
  • the injection composition can be allowed to imbibe into the rock matrix of the subterranean formation for at least one day (e.g., at least two days, at least three days, at least four days, at least five days, at least six days, at least one week, at least two weeks, at least three weeks, at least one month, at least two months, at least three months, at least four months, or at least five months).
  • the injection composition can be allowed to imbibe into the rock matrix of the subterranean formation for six months or less (e.g., five months or less, four months or less, three months or less, two months or less, one month or less, three weeks or less, two weeks or less, one week or less, six days or less, five days or less, four days or less, three days or less, or two days or less).
  • six months or less e.g., five months or less, four months or less, three months or less, two months or less, one month or less, three weeks or less, two weeks or less, one week or less, six days or less, five days or less, four days or less, three days or less, or two days or less.
  • the wellbore used in the stimulation operation may have a substantially vertical portion only, or a substantially vertical portion and a substantially horizontal portion below the substantially vertical portion.
  • the stimulation methods described herein can comprise stimulating a naturally fractured region of the subterranean formation proximate to a new wellbore (e.g., an infill well). In some embodiments, the stimulation methods described herein can comprise stimulating a naturally fractured region of the subterranean formation proximate to an existing wellbore.
  • the stimulation methods described herein can comprise stimulating a previously fractured or previously refractured region of the subterranean formation proximate to a new wellbore (e.g., an infill well). In some embodiments, the stimulation methods described herein can comprise stimulating a previously fractured or previously refractured region of the subterranean formation proximate to an existing wellbore.
  • a new wellbore e.g., an infill well.
  • the previous refracturing operation may include hydraulic fracturing, fracturing using electrodes such as described in U.S. Patent No. 9,890,627 (Attorney Dkt. No. T-9622A), U.S. Patent No. 9,840,898 (Attorney Dkt. No. T-9622B), U.S. Patent Publication No. 2018/0202273 (Attorney Dkt. No. T-9622A-CIP), or refracturing with any other available equipment or methodology.
  • the fractured formation may be stimulated after a formation that has fractures, such as naturally occurring factures, fractures from a fracture operation, fractures from a refracturing operation, or any combination thereof.
  • a formation may be stimulated after a sufficient amount of time has passed since the fracturing operation with electrodes or refracturing operation with electrodes occurred in that formation so that the electrical pulses utilized to fracture or refracture that formation do not substantially affect the injection composition.
  • the stimulation operation can further comprise adding a tracer to the injection composition prior to introducing the low particle size injection fluid through the wellbore into the subterranean formation; recovering the tracer from the fluids produced from the subterranean formation through the wellbore, fluids recovered from a different wellbore in fluid communication with the subterranean formation, or any combination thereof; and comparing the quantity of tracer recovered from the fluids produced to the quantity of tracer introduced to the injection composition.
  • the tracer can be any suitable tracer, such as a water tracer or an oil tracer.
  • the subterranean formation can have a permeability of from 26 millidarcy to 40,000 millidarcy.
  • the methods of treating the subterranean formation can comprise an EOR operation.
  • the wellbore can comprise an injection wellbore
  • the method can comprise a method for hydrocarbon recovery that comprises (a) injecting the aqueous fluid (a surfactant composition) through the injection wellbore into the subterranean formation; and (b) producing fluids from a production wellbore spaced apart from the injection wellbore a predetermined distance and in fluid communication with the subterranean formation.
  • the injection of the aqueous fluid can increase the flow of hydrocarbons to the production wellbore.
  • the surfactant composition can comprise a borate-acid buffer.
  • the hydrocarbon material is unrefined petroleum (e.g., in a petroleum reservoir).
  • the unrefined petroleum is a light oil.
  • a "light oil” as provided herein is an unrefined petroleum with an API gravity greater than 30.
  • the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 30.
  • the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 40.
  • the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 50.
  • the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 60.
  • the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 70.
  • the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 80.
  • the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 90.
  • the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 100. In some other embodiments, the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is between 30 and 100.
  • the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having an FhS concentration of at least 0.5%, a CO2 concentration of 0.3%, or any combination thereof.
  • the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having an FhS concentration of at least 0.5% (e.g., at least 1%, at least 1.5%, at least 2%, at least 2.5%, at least 3%, at least 3.5%, at least 4%, or at least 4.5%).
  • the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having an FES concentration of 5% or less (4.5% or less, 4% or less, 3.5% or less, 3% or less, 2.5% or less, 2% or less, 1.5% or less, or 1% or less).
  • the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having an FES concentration ranging from any of the minimum values described above.
  • the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having an FES concentration of from 0.5% to 5% (e.g., from 0.5% to 2.5% %, from 1% to 2%, from 0.5% to 1%, from 1% to 2.5%, or from 2% to 2.5%).
  • the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having a CO2 concentration of at least 0.3% (e.g., at least 0.5%, at least 1%, at least 1.5%, at least 2%, at least 2.5%, at least 3%, at least 3.5%, at least 4%, or at least 4.5%).
  • the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having a CO2 concentration of 5% or less (4.5% or less, 4% or less, 3.5% or less, 3% or less, 2.5% or less, 2% or less, 1.5% or less, 1% or less, or 0.5% or less).
  • the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having a CO2 concentration ranging from any of the minimum values described above.
  • the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having a CO2 concentration of from 0.3% to 5% (e.g., from 0.3% to 2.5%, from 0.5% to 5%, from 1% to 5%, from 0.5% to 2.5%, from 1% to 2%, from 0.5% to 1%, from 1% to 2.5%, from 3% to 5%, or from 2% to 5%).
  • the solid material may be a natural solid material (i.e., a solid found in nature such as rock).
  • the natural solid material may be found in a petroleum reservoir.
  • the method is an enhanced oil recovery method.
  • Enhanced oil recovery methods are well known in the art. A general treatise on enhanced oil recovery methods is Basic Concepts in Enhanced Oil Recovery Processes edited by M. Baviere (published for SCI by Elsevier Applied Science, London and New York, 1991).
  • the displacing of the unrefined petroleum in contact with the solid material is accomplished by contacting the unrefined with a surfactant composition provided herein, wherein the unrefined petroleum is in contact with the solid material.
  • the unrefined petroleum may be in an oil reservoir.
  • the composition can be pumped into the reservoir in accordance with known enhanced oil recovery parameters.
  • the aqueous composition can form an emulsion composition with the unrefined petroleum.
  • the natural solid material can be rock or regolith.
  • the natural solid material can be a geological formation such as elastics or carbonates.
  • the natural solid material can be either consolidated or unconsolidated material or mixtures thereof.
  • the hydrocarbon material may be trapped or confined by "bedrock" above or below the natural solid material.
  • the hydrocarbon material may be found in fractured bedrock or porous natural solid material.
  • the regolith is soil.
  • the solid material can be, for example, oil sand or tar sands.
  • the solid material can comprise equipment associated with an oil and gas operation.
  • the solid material can comprise surface processing equipment, downhole equipment, pipelines and associated equipment, pumps, and other equipment which contacts hydrocarbons during the course of an oil and gas operation.
  • Surfactant packages as described herein can be optimized for each formation and/or for the desired oil and gas operation.
  • a surfactant package can be tested at a specific reservoir temperature and salinity, and with specific additional components. Actual native reservoir fluids may also be used to test the compositions.
  • the subterranean formation can have a temperature of at least 75 °F (e.g., at least 80 °F, at least 85 °F, at least 90 °F, at least 95 °F, at least 100 °, at least 105 °F, at least 110 °F, at least 115 °F, at least 120 °F, at least 125 °F, at least 130 °F, at least 135 °F, at least 140 °F, at least 145 °F, at least 150 °F, at least 155 °F, at least 160 °F, at least 165 °F, at least 170 °F, at least 175 °F, at least 180 °F, at least 190 °F, at least 200 °F, at least 205 °F, at least 210 °F, at least 215 °F, at least 220 °F, at least 225 °F, at least 230 °F, at least 235 °F, at least
  • the subterranean formation can have a temperature of 350 °F or less (e.g., 345 °F or less, 340 °F or less, 335 °F or less, 330 °F or less, 325 °F or less, 320 °F or less, 315 °F or less, 310 °F or less, 305 °F or less, 300 °F or less, 295 °F or less, 290 °F or less, 285 °F or less, 280 °F or less, 275 °F or less, 270 °F or less, 265 °F or less, 260 °F or less, 255 °F or less, 250 °F or less, 245 °F or less, 240 °F or less, 235 °F or less, 230 °F or less, 225 °F or less, 220 °F or less, 215 °F or less, 210 °F or less, 205 °F or less
  • 115 °F or less 110 °F or less, 105 °F or less, 100 °F or less, 95 °F or less, 90 °F or less, 85 °F or less, or 80 °F or less).
  • the subterranean formation can have a temperature ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the subterranean formation can have a temperature of from 75 °F to 350 °F (approximately 24 °C to 176 °C), from 150 °F to 250 °F (approximately 66 °C to 121 °C), from 110 °F to 350 °F (approximately 43 °C to 176 °C), from 110 °F to 150 °F (approximately 43 °C to 66 °C), from 150 °F to 200 °F (approximately 66 °C to 93 °C), from 200 °F to 250 °F (approximately 93 °C to 121 °C), from 250 °F to 300 °F (approximately 121 °C to 149 °C), from 300 °F to 350 °F
  • the salinity of subterranean formation can be at least 5,000 ppm TDS (e.g., at least 25,000 ppm TDS, at least 50,000 ppm TDS, at least 75,000 ppm TDS, at least 100,000 ppm TDS, at least 125,000 ppm TDS, at least 150,000 ppm TDS, at least 175,000 ppm TDS, at least 200,000 ppm TDS, at least 225,000 ppm TDS, at least 250,000 ppm TDS, or at least 275,000 ppm TDS).
  • the salinity of subterranean formation can be 300,000 ppm TDS or less (e.g., 275,000 ppm TDS or less, 250,000 ppm TDS or less, 225,000 ppm TDS or less, 200,000 ppm TDS or less, 175,000 ppm TDS or less, 150,000 ppm TDS or less, 125,000 ppm TDS or less, 100,000 ppm TDS or less, 75,000 ppm TDS or less, 50,000 ppm TDS or less, or 25,000 ppm TDS or less).
  • ppm TDS or less e.g., 275,000 ppm TDS or less, 250,000 ppm TDS or less, 225,000 ppm TDS or less, 200,000 ppm TDS or less, 175,000 ppm TDS or less, 150,000 ppm TDS or less, 125,000 ppm TDS or less, 100,000 ppm TDS or less, 75,000 ppm TDS or less, 50,000 ppm TDS or less, or
  • the salinity of subterranean formation can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the salinity of subterranean formation can be from 5,000 ppm TDS to 300,000 ppm TDS (e.g., from 100,000 ppm to 300,000 ppm TDS, from 200,000 ppm to 300,000 ppm TDS, from 100,000 ppm to 200,000 ppm TDS, from 10,000 ppm to 100,000 ppm TDS, from 10,000 ppm to 200,000 ppm TDS, from 10,000 ppm to 300,000 ppm TDS, from 5,000 ppm to 100,000 ppm TDS, from 5,000 ppm to 200,000 ppm TDS, from 5,000 ppm to 10,000 ppm TDS, or from 5,000 ppm to 50,000 ppm TDS).
  • the subterranean formation can be oil-wet. In some embodiments, the subterranean formation can be water-wet. In some embodiments, the subterranean formation can be mixed-wet. In some embodiments, the subterranean formation can be intermediate-wet.
  • the injection composition described herein can be introduced at a wellhead pressure of at least 0 PSI (e.g., at least 1,000 PSI, at least 2,000 PSI, at least 3,000 PSI, at least 4,000 PSI, at least 5,000 PSI, at least 6,000 PSI, at least 7,000 PSI, at least 8,000 PSI, at least 9,000 PSI, at least 10,000 PSI, at least 15,000 PSI, at least 20,000 PSI, or at least 25,000 PSI).
  • PSI e.g., at least 1,000 PSI, at least 2,000 PSI, at least 3,000 PSI, at least 4,000 PSI, at least 5,000 PSI, at least 6,000 PSI, at least 7,000 PSI, at least 8,000 PSI, at least 9,000 PSI, at least 10,000 PSI, at least 15,000 PSI, at least 20,000 PSI, or at least 25,000 PSI.
  • the injection composition can be introduced at a wellhead pressure of 30,000 PSI or less (e.g., 25,000 PSI or less, 20,000 PSI or less, 15,000 PSI or less, 10,000 PSI or less, 9,000 PSI or less, 8,000 PSI or less, 7,000 PSI or less, 6,000 PSI or less, 5,000 PSI or less, 4,000 PSI or less, 3,000 PSI or less, 2,000 PSI or less, or 1,000 PSI or less).
  • 30,000 PSI or less e.g., 25,000 PSI or less, 20,000 PSI or less, 15,000 PSI or less, 10,000 PSI or less, 9,000 PSI or less, 8,000 PSI or less, 7,000 PSI or less, 6,000 PSI or less, 5,000 PSI or less, 4,000 PSI or less, 3,000 PSI or less, 2,000 PSI or less, or 1,000 PSI or less.
  • the injection composition (surfactant composition) described herein can be introduced at a wellhead pressure ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above.
  • the injection composition can be introduced at a wellhead pressure of from 0 PSI to 30,000 PSI (e.g., from 6,000 PSI to 30,000 PSI, from 0 PSI to 10, 000 PSI, from 0 PSI to 5,000 PSI, or from 5,000 PSI to 10,000 PSI).
  • the injection composition can be used in a reservoir stimulation operation, and the injection composition can be introduced at a wellhead pressure of from 0 PSI to 1,000 PSI.
  • methods described herein can optionally include one or more of drilling the wellbore, completing the wellbore, and producing hydrocarbons from the wellbore (prior to injection of the surfactant composition).
  • Embodiment 1 A surfactant defined by Formula I below
  • HG represents a head group comprising from 1-3 carboxylate moieties
  • R 1 represents a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy; n is an integer from 1 to 8;
  • AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; and w is an integer from 1 to 110.
  • Embodiment 2 The surfactant of embodiment 1, wherein AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group or a propoxy group.
  • Embodiment 3 The surfactant of any of embodiments 1-2, wherein w is an integer from 20 to 110, such as from 30 to 110, from 40 to 110, from 50 to 110, or from 60 to 110.
  • Embodiment 4 The surfactant of any of embodiments 1-3, wherein e is defined by the formula below wherein w and n are as defined above in Formula I; and q is an integer equal to the number of carbon atoms in R 1 ; and wherein e is from 0.5 to 6, such as from 1 to 6, from 1.5 to 5, from 2 to 4.5, or from 2 to 4.
  • Embodiment 5 The surfactant of any of embodiments 1-4, wherein the head group is defined by the formula below or a salt thereof, where m is an integer from 1 to 6.
  • Embodiment 6 The surfactant of any of embodiments 1-4, wherein the head group is defined by the formula below or a salt thereof, where p is an integer from 1 to 5.
  • Embodiment 7 The surfactant of any of embodiments 1-6, wherein the surfactant is defined by Formula IA below
  • HG represents a head group comprising from 1-3 carboxylate moieties; n is an integer from 1 to 8;
  • R 1 represents a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy;
  • BO represents a butyl eneoxy group
  • PO represents a propyleneoxy group
  • EO represents an ethyleneoxy group
  • x is an integer from 1 to 65
  • y is an integer from 0 to 65
  • z is an integer from 0 to 45.
  • Embodiment 8 The surfactant of embodiment 7, wherein z is 0.
  • Embodiment 9 The surfactant of any of embodiments 7-8, wherein x is from 5 to 50, such as from 10 to 50, from 20 to 45, from 25 to 45, or from 25 to 40.
  • Embodiment 10 The surfactant of any of embodiments 7-9, wherein y is from 5 to 45, such as from 10 to 40, from 15 to 40, from 15 to 30, or from 15 to 25.
  • Embodiment 11 The surfactant of any of embodiments 7-10, wherein the ratio of x:(y+z) is from 0.5:1 to 2:1.
  • Embodiment 12 The surfactant of any of embodiments 7-10, wherein y is 0 and z is 0.
  • Embodiment 13 The surfactant of any of embodiments 1-12, where R 1 comprises one of the following or a salt thereof, wherein a is an integer from 0 to 32; and b is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of a and b is from 4 to 32.
  • Embodiment 14 A surfactant mixture comprising:
  • a second surfactant defined by Formula III or a salt thereof wherein one of D 1 and D 2 is a sulfonate group and one of D 1 and D 2 is hydrogen; one of E 1 and E 2 is a sulfonate group and one of E 1 and E 2 is hydroxy; e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32;
  • AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and p is an integer from 1 to 5.
  • Embodiment 15 The mixture of embodiment 14, wherein the first surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture; and the second surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
  • Embodiment 16 The mixture of any of embodiments 14-15, wherein the surfactant mixture further comprises
  • Formula V wherein one of D 1 and D 2 is a sulfonate group and one of D 1 and D 2 is hydrogen; one of E 1 and E 2 is a sulfonate group and one of E 1 and E 2 is hydroxy; e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and m is an integer from 1 to 6.
  • Embodiment 17 The mixture of embodiment 16, wherein the third surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture; and the fourth surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
  • Embodiment 18 The mixture of any of embodiments 14-17, wherein the surfactant mixture further comprises a fifth surfactant defined by Formula VI or a salt thereof
  • AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and p is an integer from 1 to 5.
  • Embodiment 19 The mixture of embodiment 18, wherein the fifth surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
  • Embodiment 20 The mixture of any of embodiments 14-19, wherein AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group or a propoxy group.
  • Embodiment 21 The mixture of any of embodiments 14-20, wherein w is, individually for each occurrence, an integer from 20 to 110, such as from 30 to 110, from 40 to 110, from 50 to 110, or from 60 to 110.
  • Embodiment 22 The mixture of any of embodiments 14-21, wherein the sum of e and f is from 8 to 22.
  • Embodiment 23 An aqueous composition comprising water and a surfactant defined by any of embodiments 1-13.
  • Embodiment 24 The composition of embodiment 20, wherein the composition comprises a surfactant mixture defined by any of embodiments 14-22.
  • Embodiment 25 The composition of any of embodiments 23-24, wherein the composition further comprises one or more co-surfactants.
  • Embodiment 26 The composition of embodiment 25, wherein the one or more co surfactants comprise an anionic surfactant.
  • Embodiment 27 The composition of embodiment 26, wherein the anionic surfactant comprises a sulfonate, a disulfonate, a sulfate, a disulfate, a sulfosuccinate, a disulfosuccinate, a carboxylate, a di carboxyl ate, or any combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 28 The composition of any one of embodiments 26-27, wherein the anionic surfactant comprises one of the following: a branched or unbranched C6-C32:PO(0-65):EO(0-100)-carboxylate; a C8-C30 alkyl benzene sulfonate (ABS); a sulfosuccinate surfactant; a surfactant defined by the formula below
  • R 1 comprises a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-32 carbon atoms and an oxygen atom linking R 1 and R 2 ;
  • R 2 comprises an alkoxylated chain comprising at least one oxide group selected from the group consisting of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide, and any combination thereof;
  • R 3 comprises a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon chain comprising 2-12 carbon atoms and from 2 to 5 carboxylate groups; a surfactant defined by the formula below wherein
  • R 4 is, individually for each occurrence, a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-32 carbon atoms;
  • M represents a counterion; or any combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 29 The composition of any one of embodiments 25-28, wherein the one or more co-surfactants comprise a non-ionic surfactant.
  • Embodiment 30 The composition of embodiment 29, wherein the non-ionic surfactant comprises a branched or unbranched C6-C32:PO(0-65):EO(0-100), such as a branched or unbranched C6-C30:PO(30-40):EO(25-35), a branched or unbranched C6-C12:PO(30- 40):EO(25-35), or a branched or unbranched C6-C30:EO(8-30).
  • a branched or unbranched C6-C32:PO(0-65):EO(0-100 such as a branched or unbranched C6-C30:PO(30-40):EO(25-35), a branched or unbranched C6-C12:PO(30- 40):EO(25-35), or a branched or unbranched C6-C30:EO(8-30).
  • Embodiment 31 The composition of any one of embodiments 25-30, wherein the one or more co-surfactants comprise a cationic surfactant.
  • Embodiment 32 The composition of any one of embodiments 25-31, wherein the one or more co-surfactants comprise a zwitterionic surfactant.
  • Embodiment 33 The composition of any one of embodiments 23-32, wherein the water comprises sea water, brackish water, fresh water, flowback or produced water, wastewater, river water, lake or pond water, aquifer water, brine, or any combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 34 The composition of any one of embodiments 23-33, wherein the water comprises hard water or hard brine.
  • Embodiment 35 The composition of any one of embodiments 23-34, wherein the composition further comprises a co-solvent, a polymer, a friction reducer, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a scale inhibitor, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a chelating agent, a proppant, a wettability alteration chemical, mobility control agent, or any combination thereof.
  • a co-solvent a polymer, a friction reducer, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a scale inhibitor, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a chelating agent, a proppant, a wettability alteration chemical, mobility control agent, or any combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 36 A method for treating a subterranean formation, the method comprising introducing an aqueous fluid comprising water and a surfactant defined by any of embodiments 1-13 through a wellbore into the subterranean formation.
  • Embodiment 37 The method of embodiment 36, wherein the composition comprises a surfactant mixture defined by any of embodiments 14-22.
  • Embodiment 38 The method of any of embodiments 36-37, wherein the aqueous fluid comprises a composition defined by any of embodiments 23-35.
  • Embodiment 39 The method of any one of embodiments 36-38, wherein the subterranean formation comprises an unconventional subterranean formation.
  • Embodiment 40 The method of embodiment 39, wherein the unconventional subterranean formation has a permeability of less than 25 mD, such as a permeability of from 25 mD to 1.0 x 10 6 mD, from 10 mD to 1.0 x 10 6 mD, or from 10 to 0.1 millidarcy (mD).
  • a permeability of less than 25 mD such as a permeability of from 25 mD to 1.0 x 10 6 mD, from 10 mD to 1.0 x 10 6 mD, or from 10 to 0.1 millidarcy (mD).
  • Embodiment 41 The method of any of embodiments 36-40, wherein the method comprises a method for stimulating the subterranean formation that comprises:
  • Embodiment 42 The method of embodiment 41, wherein the method further comprises ceasing introduction of the aqueous fluid through the wellbore into the subterranean formation before allowing step (b).
  • Embodiment 43 The method of any one of embodiments 41-42, wherein the period of time is from one day to six months, such as from two weeks to one month.
  • Embodiment 44 The method of any of embodiments 41-43, wherein the wellbore has a pressure that is from 20% to 70% of the original reservoir pressure.
  • Embodiment 45 The method of any one of embodiments 41-44, wherein step (a) comprises injecting the aqueous fluid at a pressure and flowrate effective to increase the wellbore pressure by at least 30%, such as by at least 100% or by at least 200%.
  • Embodiment 46 The method of any one of embodiments 41-45, wherein step (a) comprises injecting the aqueous fluid at a pressure and flowrate effective to increase the wellbore pressure to from greater than the original reservoir pressure to 150% of the original reservoir pressure.
  • Embodiment 47 The method of any one of embodiments 41-46, wherein step (a) comprises injecting the aqueous fluid at a pressure and flowrate effective to increase the wellbore pressure to within 15% of original reservoir fracture pressure.
  • Embodiment 48 The method of any one of embodiments 41-47, wherein the injection of the aqueous fluid increases a relative permeability in a region of the subterranean formation proximate to the wellbore.
  • Embodiment 49 The method of any one of embodiments 41-48, wherein the injection of the aqueous fluid releases hydrocarbons from pores in a rock matrix in a region of the subterranean formation proximate to the existing wellbore.
  • Embodiment 50 The method of any one of embodiments 41-49, wherein the fluids comprise a hydrocarbon.
  • Embodiment 51 The method of embodiment 50, wherein injection of the aqueous fluid into the subterranean formation results in increased hydrocarbon recovery from the wellbore as compared to an expected level of hydrocarbon recovery projected from a decline curve fit to production history of the wellbore.
  • Embodiment 52 The method of embodiment 51, wherein the decline curve is fit to production history of the existing wellbore using Arp’s Equation.
  • Embodiment 53 The method of any one of embodiments 41-52, wherein the method remediates near wellbore damage.
  • Embodiment 54 The method of any one of embodiments 41-53, wherein the aqueous fluid is substantially free of proppant.
  • Embodiment 55 The method of any of embodiments 36-40, wherein the method comprises a method for fracturing the subterranean formation that comprises:
  • Embodiment 56 The method of embodiment 55, wherein the aqueous fluid further comprises a proppant.
  • Embodiment 57 The method of any one of embodiments 55-56, wherein the method further comprises producing fluids from the subterranean formation through the wellbore.
  • Embodiment 58 The method of any of embodiments 36-38, wherein the subterranean formation has a permeability of from 26 millidarcy to 40,000 millidarcy.
  • Embodiment 59 The method of embodiment 58, wherein the wellbore comprises an injection wellbore, and wherein the method comprises a method for hydrocarbon recovery that comprises:
  • Embodiment 60 The method of embodiment 59, wherein the method comprises an enhanced oil recovery (EOR) operation.
  • EOR enhanced oil recovery
  • Embodiment 61 The method of embodiment 60, wherein the EOR operation includes a surfactant flooding operation, an AS flooding operation, a SP flooding operation, an ASP flooding operation, or any combination thereof.
  • Embodiment 62 The method of any one of embodiments 36-61, wherein the aqueous fluid is a single-phase fluid.
  • Embodiment 63 The method of any one of embodiments 36-61, wherein the aqueous fluid comprises a foam.
  • Embodiment 64 A method of making a polyanionic surfactant, the method comprising: alkoxylating an unsaturated alcohol having from 8 to 36 carbons to form an alkyleneoxy- tipped unsaturated alcohol; reacting the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol to form an unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate; and sulfonating the unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate to form the polyanionic surfactant.
  • Embodiment 65 The method of embodiment 64, wherein reacting the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol comprises oxidizing the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol to form the unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate.
  • Embodiment 66 The method of embodiment 64, wherein reacting the alkyleneoxy -tipped unsaturated alcohol comprises carboxyalkylation of the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol to form the unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate.
  • Embodiment 67 The method of any of embodiments 64-66, wherein the polyanionic surfactant comprises a surfactant defined by any of embodiments 1-13.
  • Embodiment 68 The method of any of embodiments 64-67, wherein the method generates a surfactant mixture defined by any of embodiments 14-22.
  • Example 1 Preparation of Example Polyanionic Surfactants using Oleic Acid as a Model
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a synthetic scheme for the generation of oleic acid sulfonate mixture.
  • Phase Behavior and Aqueous Stability The phase behavior was assayed to study the behavior of the surfactant formulation at reservoir temperature.
  • Formulation 1 (1 wt% C28- 35PO-30EO -AEC, 0.5 wt% CS 1300, 0.7 wt% oleic acid Sulfonate mixture, 0.5 wt% C16-18- 25EO) and formulation 2 (1 wt% C28-35PO-30EO -AEC, 1 wt% oleic acid sulfonate mixture, 1 wt% C16-18-25EO) were prepared and the phase behavior and aqueous stability was tested.
  • the phase behavior results for formulation 1 at 110°C after 15 days are shown in FIG. 6.
  • the aqueous stability for formulation 1 was 68,000 ppm TDS with solubilization parameter (sp) of 8.5 at optimum salinity (S*) of 68,000 ppm TDS.
  • Calculated interfacial tension at S* for formulation 1 is 4xl0 3 dynes/cm.
  • the phase behavior results for formulation 2 at 110°C after 6 days are shown in FIG. 7.
  • the aqueous stability for formulation 2 was 32,000 ppm TDS with S* of 30,000 ppm TDS and SP of 8. Calculated interfacial tension at optimum salinity for formulation 2 is 4.6xl0 3 dynes/cm.
  • Table 1 summarizes the results for the aqueous stability, optimum salinity, and solubilization parameter (SP) for formulation 1 and formulation 2.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates the synthetic scheme for the generation of an oleyl 20EO-carboxylate sulfonate mixture. Briefly, 100 g of oleyl 20EO was added to a reaction flask and heated to 110°C. 30 ml of sodium methoxide (0.46 mol% active) was added and vacuum was applied to remove CEEOH. The reaction was heated for 4 hours. Then, the temperature was lowered to 90°C and 20 g of sodium chloroacetate were added. The reaction was run overnight under argon to generate oleyl 20EO-carboxylate. HPLC was run to confirm the conversion.
  • oleyl 20EO-carboxylate 25 g was add to a reaction flask. 12 g of silica sulfuric acid was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 75°C. HPLC was run to confirm the final product. Basic work up (using base and water) afforded a mixture of oleyl 20EO-Carboxylate sulfonate surfactants (analogous to those shown in FIG. 4, but including an intervening 20EO segment). The phase behavior and aqueous stability was tested.
  • Phase Behavior and Aqueous Stability The phase behavior was assayed to study the behavior of the surfactant formulation at reservoir temperature.
  • Formulation 3 (MF-11) (1 wt% C28-35PO-30EO-AEC, 1 wt% CS1300, 1 wt% Oleyl 20EO Carboxylate sulfonate mixture) and formulation 4 (MF-10) (1% C28-35PO-30EO-AEC, 1% CS1300, 1% Oleyl 20EO carboxylate) were prepared and the phase behavior and aqueous stability were tested.
  • phase behavior results for formulation 3 at 110°C after 6 days are shown in FIG. 8.
  • the aqueous stability for formulation 3 was 64,000 ppm TDS and S* was 45,000 ppm TDS.
  • the phase behavior results for formulation 4 at 110°C after 2 days are shown in FIG. 9.
  • the aqueous stability for formulation 4 was 64,000 ppm TDS and S* was 35,000 ppm (FIG. 9).
  • Solubilization parameter for both formulation ⁇ 8 and calculated interfacial tension at optimum salinity is ⁇ 4.6xl 0 3 dynes/cm.
  • Table 2 summarizes the results for the aqueous stability, optimum salinity, and solubilization parameter (SP) for formulation 3 and formulation 4. Table 2.
  • compositions and methods of the appended claims are not limited in scope by the specific compositions and methods described herein, which are intended as illustrations of a few aspects of the claims. Any compositions and methods that are functionally equivalent are intended to fall within the scope of the claims. Various modifications of the compositions and methods in addition to those shown and described herein are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims. Further, while only certain representative compositions and method steps disclosed herein are specifically described, other combinations of the compositions and method steps also are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims, even if not specifically recited. Thus, a combination of steps, elements, components, or constituents may be explicitly mentioned herein or less, however, other combinations of steps, elements, components, and constituents are included, even though not explicitly stated.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Emulsifying, Dispersing, Foam-Producing Or Wetting Agents (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure is directed to polyanionic surfactants, surfactant mixtures, compositions derived thereof, and uses thereof such as in oil and gas operations. Methods of making polyanionic surfactants are also described.

Description

POLYANIONIC SURFACTANTS AND METHODS OF MAKING AND USING
THEREOF
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
The application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/015,393, filed April 24, 2020, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
TECHNICAL FIELD
This disclosure relates to polyanionic surfactants, surfactant mixtures that comprise polyanionic surfactants, as well as compositions comprising these surfactants and surfactant mixtures and methods of using thereof, for example, in oil and gas operations.
BACKGROUND
Enhanced oil recovery (EOR) is an increasingly important supplemental technique for recovering oil from a reservoir after primary and secondary recovery. Many hydrocarbon reservoirs trap a significant amount of oil that is bound tightly and difficult to remove by traditional water flooding methods. EOR techniques such as Chemical Enhanced Oil Recovery (CEOR) can release oil not accessible via water flooding by utilizing surfactants that can displace the tightly bound oil. EOR efforts can benefit from the identification of new surfactants and surfactant combinations with performance advantages. Thus, there is an ongoing need to develop cost-effective and improved surfactants and surfactant mixtures.
SUMMARY
Provided herein are polyanionic surfactants. The polyanionic surfactants can include two or more anionic functional groups (e.g., two or more anionic functional groups selected from carboxylate groups, sulfate groups, sulfonate groups, or any combination thereof). In certain embodiments, the polyanionic surfactants can include one or more carboxylate groups (e.g., from 1 to 3 carboxylate groups) and one or more sulfonate groups (e.g., from 1 to 2 sulfonate groups).
For example, provided herein are polyanionic surfactants defined by Formula I below
R1-(CH2)-(AO)-HG
Formula I or a salt thereof, wherein HG represents a head group comprising from 1-3 carboxylate moieties; R1 represents a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy; n is an integer from 1 to 8; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; and w is an integer from 1 to 110.
In some embodiments, AO can represent, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group or a propoxy group. In some embodiments, w is an integer from 20 to 110, such as from 30 to 110, from 40 to 110, from 50 to 110, or from 60 to 110.
The identity of AO, the number alkylene groups (w), the integer n, and the identity of R1 can be selected in combination. For example, in some embodiments, e, which is defined by the formula below w
(q + n) E wherein w and n are as defined above in Formula I and q is an integer equal to the number of carbon atoms in R1, can be from 0.5 to 6, such as from 1 to 6, from 1.5 to 5, from 2 to 4.5, or from 2 to 4.
In certain embodiments, the polyanionic surfactant can be defined by Formula IA below
R1-(CH2)- n (B0)— (PO) y-(EO)-HG
Formula I A or a salt thereof, wherein HG represents a head group comprising from 1-3 carboxylate moieties; n is an integer from 1 to 8; R1 represents a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy; BO represents a butyleneoxy group; PO represents a propyleneoxy group; EO represents an ethyleneoxy group; x is an integer from 1 to 65; y is an integer from 0 to 65; and z is an integer from 0 to 45.
In some embodiments of Formula IA, z is 0.
In some embodiments of Formula IA, y is 0 and z is 0.
In some embodiments of Formula IA, x can be from 5 to 50, such as from 10 to 50, from 20 to 45, from 25 to 45, or from 25 to 40. In some embodiments, y can be from 0 to 45, such as from 5 to 45, from 10 to 40, from 15 to 40, from 15 to 30, or from 15 to 25. In some embodiments, the ratio of x:(y+z) can be from 0.5:1 to 2:1.
In some embodiments, the head group can comprise a single carboxylate moiety. For example, in some embodiments, the head group can be defined by the formula below
Figure imgf000004_0001
or a salt thereof, where m is an integer from 1 to 6.
In some embodiments, the head group can comprise a carboxylate moiety and a sulfonate moiety. For example, in some embodiments, the head group can be defined by the formula below
Figure imgf000004_0002
or a salt thereof, where p is an integer from 1 to 5.
In some examples, R1 can comprise one of the following
Figure imgf000005_0001
or a salt thereof, wherein a is an integer from 0 to 32; and b is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of a and b is from 4 to 32.
Also provided are surfactant mixtures comprising two or more polyanionic surfactants. For example, provided herein is a surfactant mixture comprising:
(a) a first surfactant defined by Formula II or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000005_0002
Formula II and
(b) a second surfactant defined by Formula III or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000005_0003
Formula III wherein one of D1 and D2 is a sulfonate group and one of D1 and D2 is hydrogen; wherein one of
E1 and E2 is a sulfonate group and one of E1 and E2 is hydroxy; e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and p is an integer from 1 to 5 The first surfactant and the second surfactant can be present in the surfactant mixture in varying amounts. For example, in some embodiments, the first surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture; the second surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
In certain embodiments, the surfactant mixture can further comprise (c) a third surfactant defined by Formula IV or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000006_0001
Formula IV and
(d) a fourth surfactant defined by Formula V or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000006_0002
Formula V wherein one of D1 and D2 is a sulfonate group and one of D1 and D2 is hydrogen; one of E1 and E2 is a sulfonate group and one of E1 and E2 is hydroxy; e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and m is an integer from 1 to 6.
The third surfactant and the fourth surfactant can be present in the surfactant mixture in varying amounts. For example, in some embodiments, the third surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture; the fourth surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture
In certain embodiments, the surfactant mixture further comprises a fifth surfactant defined by Formula VI or a salt thereof
Figure imgf000006_0003
Formula VI wherein e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and p is an integer from 1 to 5.
When present, the fifth surfactant can be present in the surfactant mixture in varying amounts. For example, in some embodiments, the fifth surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
In some embodiments for Formula II-Formula VI, AO can represent, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group or a propoxy group. In some embodiments, w is an integer from 20 to 110, such as from 30 to 110, from 40 to 110, from 50 to 110, or from 60 to 110. In some embodiments, the sum of e and f can be from 8 to 22.
Also described herein are surfactant packages comprising these polyanionic surfactants and surfactant mixtures, compositions comprising these, and methods of using thereof in oil and gas operations. For example, provided herein are aqueous compositions that comprise water and one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixture) described herein.
The water can comprise sea water, brackish water, fresh water, flowback or produced water, wastewater, river water, lake or pond water, aquifer water, brine, or any combination thereof. In certain examples, the water can comprise hard water or hard brine. In some embodiments, the water can comprise at least 10 ppm at least 100 ppm, at least 500 ppm, at least 1,000 ppm, at least 5,000 ppm, or at least 10,000 ppm of divalent metal ions chosen from Ca2+, Mg2+, Sr2+, Ba2+, or any combination thereof. In certain embodiments, the water can comprise from 100 ppm to 25,000 ppm of divalent metal ions chosen from Ca2+, Mg2+, Sr2+, Ba2+, or any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the aqueous composition can further comprise one or more co surfactants. The one or more co-surfactants can comprise an anionic surfactant, a non-ionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, a zwitterionic surfactant, or any combination thereof.
In some examples, the one or more co- surfactants can comprise an anionic surfactant, such as a sulfonate, a di sulfonate, a sulfate, a di sulfate, a sulfosuccinate, a disulfosuccinate, a carboxylate, a di carboxyl ate, or any combination thereof. In certain examples, the anionic surfactant can comprise one of the following: a branched or unbranched C6-C32:PO(0- 65):EO(0-100)-carboxylate; a C8-C30 alkyl benzene sulfonate (ABS); a sulfosuccinate surfactant; a surfactant defined by the formula below
R1 — R2 — R3 wherein R1 comprises a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-32 carbon atoms and an oxygen atom linking R1 and R2; R2 comprises an alkoxylated chain comprising at least one oxide group selected from the group consisting of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide, or any combination thereof; and R3 comprises a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon chain comprising 2-12 carbon atoms and from 2 to 5 carboxylate groups; or a surfactant defined by the formula below
Figure imgf000008_0001
wherein R4 is, independently for each occurrence, a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-32 carbon atoms; and M represents a counterion.
In some examples, the one or more co-surfactants can comprise a non-ionic surfactant. In certain examples, the non-ionic surfactant can comprise a branched or unbranched C6- C32:PO(0-65):EO(0-100), such as a branched or unbranched C6-C30:PO(30-40):EO(25-35), a branched or unbranched C6-C12:PO(30-40):EO(25-35), or a branched or unbranched C6- C30:EO(8-30). In certain examples, the non-ionic surfactant can have a hydrophilic-lipophilic balance of greater than 10.
In some embodiments, the composition can further comprise a co-solvent, a polymer (e.g., a viscosity-modifying polymer), a mobility control agent, a friction reducer, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a scale inhibitor, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a chelating agent, a proppant, a wettability alteration chemical, or any combination thereof.
In certain embodiments, the composition can further comprise a co-solvent (e.g., an alkanol ether, glycol ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether (EGBE), triethylene glycol butyl ether (TGBE), or any combination thereof). In certain embodiments, the composition can further comprise an acid, a base, or a combination thereof. In certain embodiments, the composition can further comprise a borate-acid buffer.
Also provided are methods of using the polyanionic surfactants described herein in oil and gas operations. The oil and gas operation can comprise for example, an enhanced oil recovery (EOR) operation (e.g., an improved oil recovery (IOR) operation, a surfactant (S) flooding operation, an alkaline-surfactant (AS) flooding operation, a surfactant-polymer (SP) flooding operation, a alkaline-surfactant-polymer (ASP) flooding operation, a conformance control operation, or any combination thereof), a hydraulic fracturing operation, a wellbore clean-up operation, a stimulation operation, or any combination thereof. In certain examples, the surfactant compositions described herein can be used as an injection fluid, as a component of an injection fluid, as a hydraulic fracturing fluid, or as a component of a hydraulic fracturing fluid.
For example, provided herein methods of treating a subterranean formation that comprise introducing an aqueous fluid comprising water and a surfactant package described herein through a wellbore into the subterranean formation. The surfactant package can comprise a polyanionic surfactant (or surfactant mixture) described herein. In some embodiments, these aqueous fluids can comprise any of the compositions described herein.
In some embodiments, the methods of treating the subterranean formation can comprise a stimulation operation. For example, the method can comprise (a) injecting the aqueous fluid through the wellbore into the subterranean formation; (b) allowing the low fluid to imbibe into a rock matrix of the subterranean formation for a period of time; and (c) producing fluids from the subterranean formation through the wellbore.
In some embodiments, the methods of treating the subterranean formation can comprise a fracturing operation. For example, the method can comprise injecting the aqueous fluid into the subterranean formation through the wellbore at a sufficient pressure to create or extend at least one fracture in a rock matrix of the subterranean formation in fluid communication with the wellbore.
In some embodiments, the methods of treating the subterranean formation can comprise an EOR operation. For example, the wellbore can comprise an injection wellbore, and the method can comprise a method for hydrocarbon recovery that comprises (a) injecting the aqueous fluid through the injection wellbore into the subterranean formation; and (b) producing fluids from a production wellbore spaced apart from the injection wellbore a predetermined distance and in fluid communication with the subterranean formation. The injection of the aqueous fluid can increase the flow of hydrocarbons to the production wellbore.
Also provided are methods of making the polyanionic surfactants (and surfactant mixtures) described herein. Methods of making polyanionic surfactants can comprise alkoxylating an unsaturated alcohol having from 8 to 36 carbons to form an alkyleneoxy -tipped unsaturated alcohol; reacting the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol to form an unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate; and sulfonating the unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate to form the polyanionic surfactant.
The details of one or more embodiments of the disclosure are set forth in the accompanying drawings and the description below. Other features, objects, and advantages of the disclosure will be apparent from the description and drawings, and from the claims.
DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. l is a synthetic scheme illustrating the oxidation reaction of unsaturated alcohol or aldehyde to the respective carboxylic acid.
FIG. 2 is a synthetic scheme illustrating the hydrolyzation reaction of unsaturated ester to the respective carboxylic acid.
FIG. 3 is a synthetic scheme illustrating the sulfonation reaction of fatty acids in the alpha position.
FIG. 4 is a synthetic scheme illustrating the generation of oleic acid sulfonate mixture surfactant.
FIG. 5 is a synthetic scheme illustrating the generation of oleyl 20EO-carboxylate sulfonate mixture surfactant.
FIG. 6 is a graph showing the phase behavior of formulation 1 (1 wt% C28-35PO-30EO -AEC, 0.5 wt% CS 1300, 0.7 wt% Oleic acid Sulfonate mixture, 0.5 wt% C16-18-25EO) for oil #1 at 110 °C with 25 vol% oil after 15 days.
FIG. 7 is a graph showing the phase behavior of formulation 2 (1 wt% C28-35PO-30EO -AEC, 1 wt% Oleic acid Sulfonate mixture, 1 wt% C16-18-25EO) for oil #1 at 110°C with 25 vol% oil after 6 days.
FIG. 8 is a graph showing the phase behavior of formulation 3 (1 wt% C28-35PO-30EO- AEC, 1 wt% CS1300, 1 wt% Oleyl 20EO Carboxylate sulfonate mixture) for oil #1 at 110°C with 25 vol% oil after 6 days.
FIG. 9 is a graph showing the phase behavior of formulation 4 (1 wt% C28-35PO-30EO- AEC, 1 wt% CS1300, 1 wt% Oleyl 20EO carboxylate) for oil #1 at 110°C with 25 vol% oil after 2 days. FIG. 10 is a synthetic scheme illustrating the generation of surfactants including both carboxylate and sulfonate moieties from an unsaturated ester.
FIG. 11 shows an HPLC profile for oleic acid and oleic acid sulfonate.
FIG. 12 shows a 13CNMR profile for oleic acid (left) and oleic acid sulfonate (right).
FIG. 13 shows a proton NMR profile for oleic acid (left) and oleic acid sulfonate (right).
FIG. 14 is an image showing the phase behavior of formulation 1 (1 wt% C28-35PO- 30EO -AEC, 0.5 wt% CS 1300, 0.7 wt% Oleic acid Sulfonate mixture, 0.5 wt% C16-18-25EO) for oil #1 at 110 °C with 25 vol% oil after 15 days.
FIG. 15 shows an HPLC profile for oleyl 20EO and oleyl 20EO carboxylate.
FIG. 16 shows a 13C NMR profile for oleyl 20EO carboxylate.
FIG. 17 shows a proton NMR profile for oleyl 20EO carboxylate.
FIG. 18 shows an HPLC profile for oleyl 20EO carboxylate and oleyl 20EO carboxylate with internal sulfonates.
FIG. 19 shows a 13C NMR profile for oleyl 20EO carboxylate with internal sulfonates.
FIG. 20 shows a proton NMR profile for oleyl 20EO carboxylate with internal sulfonates.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
As used in this specification and the following claims, the terms “comprise” (as well as forms, derivatives, or variations thereof, such as “comprising” and “comprises”) and “include” (as well as forms, derivatives, or variations thereof, such as “including” and “includes”) are inclusive (i.e., open-ended) and do not exclude additional elements or steps. For example, the terms "comprise" and/or "comprising," when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. Accordingly, these terms are intended to not only cover the recited element(s) or step(s), but may also include other elements or steps not expressly recited. Furthermore, as used herein, the use of the terms “a” or “an” when used in conjunction with an element may mean “one,” but it is also consistent with the meaning of “one or more,” “at least one,” and “one or more than one.” Therefore, an element preceded by “a” or “an” does not, without more constraints, preclude the existence of additional identical elements. The use of the term “about” applies to all numeric values, whether or not explicitly indicated. This term generally refers to a range of numbers that one of ordinary skill in the art would consider as a reasonable amount of deviation to the recited numeric values (i.e., having the equivalent function or result). For example, this term can be construed as including a deviation of ±10 percent of the given numeric value provided such a deviation does not alter the end function or result of the value. Therefore, a value of about 1% can be construed to be a range from 0.9% to 1.1%. Furthermore, a range may be construed to include the start and the end of the range. For example, a range of 10% to 20% (i.e., range of 10%-20%) can includes 10% and also includes 20%, and includes percentages in between 10% and 20%, unless explicitly stated otherwise herein.
It is understood that when combinations, subsets, groups, etc. of elements are disclosed (e.g., combinations of components in a composition, or combinations of steps in a method), that while specific reference of each of the various individual and collective combinations and permutations of these elements may not be explicitly disclosed, each is specifically contemplated and described herein. By way of example, if a composition is described herein as including a component of type A, a component of type B, a component of type C, or any combination thereof, it is understood that this phrase describes all of the various individual and collective combinations and permutations of these components. For example, in some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include only a component of type A. In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include only a component of type B. In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include only a component of type C. In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include a component of type A and a component of type B. In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include a component of type A and a component of type C. In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include a component of type B and a component of type C. In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include a component of type A, a component of type B, and a component of type C. In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include two or more components of type A (e.g., A1 and A2). In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include two or more components of type B (e.g., B1 and B2). In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include two or more components of type C (e.g., Cl and C2). In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include two or more of a first component (e.g., two or more components of type A (A1 and A2)), optionally one or more of a second component (e.g., optionally one or more components of type B), and optionally one or more of a third component (e.g., optionally one or more components of type C). In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include two or more of a first component (e.g., two or more components of type B (B1 and B2)), optionally one or more of a second component (e.g., optionally one or more components of type A), and optionally one or more of a third component (e.g., optionally one or more components of type C). In some embodiments, the composition described by this phrase could include two or more of a first component (e.g., two or more components of type C (Cl and C2)), optionally one or more of a second component (e.g., optionally one or more components of type A), and optionally one or more of a third component (e.g., optionally one or more components of type B).
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which the disclosed invention belongs. Publications cited herein and the materials for which they are cited are specifically incorporated by reference
Chemical terms used herein will have their customary meaning in the art unless specified otherwise. The organic moieties mentioned when defining variable positions within the general formulae described herein (e.g., the term “halogen”) are collective terms for the individual substituents encompassed by the organic moiety. The prefix Cn-Cm preceding a group or moiety indicates, in each case, the possible number of carbon atoms in the group or moiety that follows.
As used herein, the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, and aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. Illustrative substituents include, for example, those described below. The permissible substituents can be one or more and the same or different for appropriate organic compounds. For purposes of this disclosure, heteroatoms present in a compound or moiety, such as nitrogen, can have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valency of the heteroatom. This disclosure is not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds. Also, the terms “substitution” or “substituted with” include the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound (e.g., a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
As used herein, the term “alkyl” refers to saturated, straight-chained, cyclic, or branched saturated hydrocarbon moieties. Unless otherwise specified, C7-C32 (e.g., C7-C28, C7-C24, C7-C20, C7-C18, C7-C16, C7-C14, C7-C12, C12-C24, C12-CI8, C16-C24, or C12-C18) alkyl groups are intended. Alkyl substituents may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more chemical moieties. The alkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, hydroxy, halogen, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, ketone, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, sulfonyl, sulfone, sulfoxide, or thiol, as described below, provided that the substituents are sterically compatible and the rules of chemical bonding and strain energy are satisfied. The alkyl group can also include one or more heteroatoms (e.g., from one to three heteroatoms) incorporated within the hydrocarbon moiety. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus.
Throughout the specification “alkyl” is generally used to refer to both unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups; however, substituted alkyl groups are also specifically referred to herein by identifying the specific substituent(s) on the alkyl group.
As used herein, the term “alkenyl” refers to unsaturated, straight-chained, or branched hydrocarbon moieties containing a double bond. Unless otherwise specified, C7-C32 (e.g., C7- C28, C7-C24, C7-C20, C7-C18, C7-C16, C7-C14, C7-C12, C12-C24, C12-CI8, C16-C24, or C12-C18) alkenyl groups are intended. Asymmetric structures such as (Z1Z2)C=C(Z3Z4) are intended to include both the E and Z isomers. This can be presumed in structural formulae herein wherein an asymmetric alkene is present, or it can be explicitly indicated by the bond symbol C=C. Alkenyl substituents may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more chemical moieties. Examples of suitable substituents include, for example, alkyl, halogenated alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, sulfonyl, sulfone, sulfoxide, or thiol, as described below, provided that the substituents are sterically compatible and the rules of chemical bonding and strain energy are satisfied.
As used herein, the term “aryl,” as well as derivative terms such as aryloxy, refers to groups that include a monovalent aromatic carbocyclic group of from 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
Aryl groups can include a single ring or multiple condensed rings. In some embodiments, aryl groups include C6-C10 aryl groups. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, phenylcyclopropyl, and indanyl. In some embodiments, the aryl group can be a phenyl, indanyl or naphthyl group. The term “heteroaryl” is defined as a group that contains an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group. Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus. The term “non-heteroaryl,” which is included in the term “aryl,” defines a group that contains an aromatic group that does not contain a heteroatom. The aryl or heteroaryl substituents may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more chemical moieties. Examples of suitable substituents include, for example, alkyl, halogenated alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, cycloalkyl, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, sulfonyl, sulfone, sulfoxide, or thiol as described herein. The term “biaryl” is a specific type of aryl group and is included in the definition of aryl. Biaryl refers to two aryl groups that are bound together via a fused ring structure, as in naphthalene, or are attached via one or more carbon-carbon bonds, as in biphenyl.
The term “hydrocarbon” refers to a compound containing only carbon and hydrogen atoms.
“Hydrocarbon-bearing formation” or simply “formation” refers to the rock matrix in which a wellbore may be drilled. For example, a formation refers to a body of rock that is sufficiently distinctive and continuous such that it can be mapped. It should be appreciated that while the term “formation” generally refers to geologic formations of interest, that the term “formation,” as used herein, may, in some instances, include any geologic points or volumes of interest (such as a survey area).
“Unconventional formation” is a subterranean hydrocarbon-bearing formation that generally requires intervention in order to recover hydrocarbons from the reservoir at economic flow rates or volumes. For example, an unconventional formation includes reservoirs having an unconventional microstructure in which fractures are used to recover hydrocarbons from the reservoir at sufficient flow rates or volumes (e.g., an unconventional reservoir generally needs to be fractured under pressure or have naturally occurring fractures in order to recover hydrocarbons from the reservoir at sufficient flow rates or volumes).
In some embodiments, the unconventional formation can include a reservoir having a permeability of less than 25 millidarcy (mD) (e.g., 20 mD or less, 15 mD or less, 10 mD or less,
5 mD or less, 1 mD or less, 0.5 mD or less, 0.1 mD or less, 0.05 mD or less, 0.01 mD or less, 0.005 mD or less, 0.001 mD or less, 0.0005 mD or less, 0.0001 mD or less, 0.00005 mD or less, 0.00001 mD or less, 0.000005 mD or less, 0.000001 mD or less, or less). In some embodiments, the unconventional formation can include a reservoir having a permeability of at least 0.000001 mD (e.g., at least 0.000005 mD, at least 0.00001 mD, 0.00005 mD, at least 0.0001 mD, 0.0005 mD, 0.001 mD, at least 0.005 mD, at least 0.01 mD, at least 0.05 mD, at least 0.1 mD, at least 0.5 mD, at least 1 mD, at least 5 mD, at least 10 mD, at least 15 mD, or at least 20 mD).
The unconventional formation can include a reservoir having a permeability ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the unconventional formation can include a reservoir having a permeability of from 0.000001 mD to 25 mD (e.g., from 0.001 mD to 25 mD, from 0.001 mD to 10 mD, from 0.01 mD to 10 mD, from 0.1 mD to 10 mD, from 0.001 mD to 5 mD, from 0.01 mD to 5 mD, or from 0.1 mD to 5 mD).
The formation may include faults, fractures (e.g., naturally occurring fractures, fractures created through hydraulic fracturing, etc.), geobodies, overburdens, underburdens, horizons, salts, salt welds, etc. The formation may be onshore, offshore (e.g., shallow water, deep water, etc.), etc. Furthermore, the formation may include hydrocarbons, such as liquid hydrocarbons (also known as oil or petroleum), gas hydrocarbons, a combination of liquid hydrocarbons and gas hydrocarbons (e.g. including gas condensate), etc.
The formation, the hydrocarbons, or both may also include non- hydrocarbon items, such as pore space, connate water, brine, fluids from enhanced oil recovery, etc. The formation may also be divided up into one or more hydrocarbon zones, and hydrocarbons can be produced from each desired hydrocarbon zone.
The term formation may be used synonymously with the term reservoir. For example, in some embodiments, the reservoir may be, but is not limited to, a shale reservoir, a carbonate reservoir, a tight sandstone reservoir, a tight siltstone reservoir, a gas hydrate reservoir, a coalbed methane reservoir, etc. Indeed, the terms “formation,” “reservoir,” “hydrocarbon,” and the like are not limited to any description or configuration described herein.
“Wellbore” refers to a continuous hole for use in hydrocarbon recovery, including any openhole or uncased portion of the wellbore. For example, a wellbore may be a cylindrical hole drilled into the formation such that the wellbore is surrounded by the formation, including rocks, sands, sediments, etc. A wellbore may be used for injection. A wellbore may be used for production. A wellbore may be used for hydraulic fracturing of the formation. A wellbore even may be used for multiple purposes, such as injection and production. The wellbore may have vertical, inclined, horizontal, or a combination of trajectories. For example, the wellbore may be a vertical wellbore, a horizontal wellbore, a multilateral wellbore, or slanted wellbore. The wellbore may include a "build section." "Build section" refers to practically any section of a wellbore where the deviation is changing. As an example, the deviation is changing when the wellbore is curving. The wellbore may include a plurality of components, such as, but not limited to, a casing, a liner, a tubing string, a heating element, a sensor, a packer, a screen, a gravel pack, etc. The wellbore may also include equipment to control fluid flow into the wellbore, control fluid flow out of the wellbore, or any combination thereof. For example, each wellbore may include a wellhead, a BOP, chokes, valves, or other control devices. These control devices may be located on the surface, under the surface (e.g., downhole in the wellbore), or any combination thereof. The wellbore may also include at least one artificial lift device, such as, but not limited to, an electrical submersible pump (ESP) or gas lift. The term wellbore is not limited to any description or configuration described herein. The term wellbore may be used synonymously with the terms borehole or well.
“Single-phase liquid or fluid,” as used herein, refers to a fluid which only has a single phase, i.e. only a water phase. A single-phase fluid is not an emulsion. A single-phase fluid is in a thermodynamically stable state such that it does not macroscopically separate into distinct layers or precipitate out solid particles. In some embodiments, the single-phase liquid comprises a single-phase liquid surfactant package including one or more anionic and/or non-ionic surfactants.
“Aqueous stable,” as used herein, refers to a solution whose soluble components remain dissolved and is a single phase as opposed to precipitating as particulates or phase separating into 2 or more phases. As such, aqueous stable solutions are clear and transparent statically and when agitated. Conversely, solutions may be described as “aqueous unstable” when components precipitate from solution as particulates or phase separates into 2 or more phases. The aqueous stability of solutions can be assessed by evaluating whether the Tyndall Effect (light scattering by suspended particulates) is observed when monochromatic light is directed through the solution. If a sample exhibits the Tyndall effect, the solution may be characterized as “aqueous unstable.” Conversely, if a sample does not exhibit the Tyndall effect, the solution may be characterized as “aqueous stable.”
“Slickwater,” as used herein, refers to water-based injection fluid comprising a friction reducer which is typically pumped at high rates to fracture a reservoir. Optionally when employing slickwater, smaller sized proppant particles (e.g., 40/70 or 50/140 mesh size) are used due to the fluid having a relatively low viscosity (and therefore a diminished ability to transport sizable proppants relative to more viscous fluids). In some embodiments, proppants are added to some stages of completion/stimulation during production of an unconventional reservoir. In some embodiments, slickwater is injected with a small quantity of proppant.
“Friction reducer,” as used herein, refers to a chemical additive that alters fluid rheological properties to reduce friction created within the fluid as it flows through small- diameter tubulars or similar restrictions (e.g., valves, pumps). Generally polymers, or similar friction reducing agents, add viscosity to the fluid, which reduces the turbulence induced as the fluid flows. Reductions in fluid friction of greater than 50% are possible depending on the friction reducer utilized, which allows the injection fluid to be injected into a wellbore at a much higher injection rate (e.g., between 60 to 100 barrels per minute) and also lower pumping pressure during proppant injection.
“Injection fluid” or “LPS injection fluid,” as used herein, refers to any fluid which is injected into a reservoir via a well. The injection fluid may include one or more of an acid, a polymer, a friction reducer, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a scale inhibitor, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a proppant, a wettability alteration chemical, a co-solvent (e.g., a C1-C5 alcohol, or an alkoxylated C1-C5 alcohol), or any combination thereof, to increase the efficacy of the injection fluid.
“Low particle size injection fluid” refers to an injection fluid having a maximum particle size of less than 0.1 micrometers in diameter in particle size distribution measurements performed at a temperature and salinity of the unconventional formation for which injection is to occur. For example, the low particle size injection fluid can be formed by mixing an aqueous- based injection fluid with a single-phase fluid comprising a single-phase liquid surfactant package. Prior to being dosed with the anionic or non-ionic surfactant to form the low particle size injection fluid, the aqueous based fluid may have been used as the injection fluid.
“Fracturing” is one way that hydrocarbons may be recovered (sometimes referred to as produced) from the formation. For example, hydraulic fracturing may entail preparing a fracturing fluid and injecting that fracturing fluid into the wellbore at a sufficient rate and pressure to open existing fractures and/or create fractures in the formation. The fractures permit hydrocarbons to flow more freely into the wellbore. In the hydraulic fracturing process, the fracturing fluid may be prepared on-site to include at least proppants. The proppants, such as sand or other particles, are meant to hold the fractures open so that hydrocarbons can more easily flow to the wellbore. The fracturing fluid and the proppants may be blended together using at least one blender. The fracturing fluid may also include other components in addition to the proppants.
The wellbore and the formation proximate to the wellbore are in fluid communication (e.g., via perforations), and the fracturing fluid with the proppants is injected into the wellbore through a wellhead of the wellbore using at least one pump (oftentimes called a fracturing pump). The fracturing fluid with the proppants is injected at a sufficient rate and pressure to open existing fractures and/or create fractures in the subsurface volume of interest. As fractures become sufficiently wide to allow proppants to flow into those fractures, proppants in the fracturing fluid are deposited in those fractures during injection of the fracturing fluid. After the hydraulic fracturing process is completed, the fracturing fluid is removed by flowing or pumping it back out of the wellbore so that the fracturing fluid does not block the flow of hydrocarbons to the wellbore. The hydrocarbons will typically enter the same wellbore from the formation and go up to the surface for further processing.
The equipment to be used in preparing and injecting the fracturing fluid may be dependent on the components of the fracturing fluid, the proppants, the wellbore, the formation, etc. However, for simplicity, the term “fracturing apparatus” is meant to represent any tank(s), mixer(s), blender(s), pump(s), manifold(s), line(s), valve(s), fluid(s), fracturing fluid component(s), proppants, and other equipment and non-equipment items related to preparing the fracturing fluid and injecting the fracturing fluid.
Other hydrocarbon recovery processes may also be utilized to recover the hydrocarbons. Furthermore, those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that one hydrocarbon recovery process may also be used in combination with at least one other recovery process or subsequent to at least one other recovery process. Moreover, hydrocarbon recovery processes may also include stimulation or other treatments.
“Fracturing fluid,” as used herein, refers to an injection fluid that is injected into the well under pressure in order to cause fracturing within a portion of the reservoir.
The term "interfacial tension" or "IFT" as used herein refers to the surface tension between test oil and water of different salinities containing a surfactant formulation at different concentrations. Typically, interfacial tensions are measured using a spinning drop tensiometer or calculated from phase behavior experiments.
The term "proximate" is defined as "near". If item A is proximate to item B, then item A is near item B. For example, in some embodiments, item A may be in contact with item B. For example, in some embodiments, there may be at least one barrier between item A and item B such that item A and item B are near each other, but not in contact with each other. The barrier may be a fluid barrier, a non-fluid barrier (e.g., a structural barrier), or any combination thereof. Both scenarios are contemplated within the meaning of the term "proximate."
The term "contacting" as used herein, refers to materials or compounds being sufficiently close in proximity to react or interact. For example, in methods of contacting an unrefined petroleum material, a hydrocarbon-bearing formation, and/or a wellbore, the term "contacting" can include placing a compound (e.g., a surfactant) or an aqueous composition (e.g., chemical, surfactant or polymer) within a hydrocarbon-bearing formation using any suitable manner known in the art (e.g., pumping, injecting, pouring, releasing, displacing, spotting or circulating the chemical into a well, wellbore or hydrocarbon-bearing formation).
The terms "unrefined petroleum" and "crude oil" are used interchangeably and in keeping with the plain ordinary usage of those terms. "Unrefined petroleum" and "crude oil" may be found in a variety of petroleum reservoirs (also referred to herein as a "reservoir," "oil field deposit" "deposit" and the like) and in a variety of forms including oleaginous materials, oil shales (i.e., organic-rich fine-grained sedimentary rock), tar sands, light oil deposits, heavy oil deposits, and the like. "Crude oils" or "unrefined petroleums" generally refer to a mixture of naturally occurring hydrocarbons that may be refined into diesel, gasoline, heating oil, jet fuel, kerosene, and other products called fuels or petrochemicals. Crude oils or unrefined petroleums are named according to their contents and origins, and are classified according to their per unit weight (specific gravity). Heavier crudes generally yield more heat upon burning, but have lower gravity as defined by the American Petroleum Institute (API) (i.e., API gravity) and market price in comparison to light (or sweet) crude oils. Crude oil may also be characterized by its Equivalent Alkane Carbon Number (EACN). The term "API gravity" refers to the measure of how heavy or light a petroleum liquid is compared to water. If an oil's API gravity is greater than 10, it is lighter and floats on water, whereas if it is less than 10, it is heavier and sinks. API gravity is thus an inverse measure of the relative density of a petroleum liquid and the density of water. API gravity may also be used to compare the relative densities of petroleum liquids. For example, if one petroleum liquid floats on another and is therefore less dense, it has a greater API gravity.
Crude oils vary widely in appearance and viscosity from field to field. They range in color, odor, and in the properties they contain. While all crude oils are mostly hydrocarbons, the differences in properties, especially the variation in molecular structure, determine whether a crude oil is more or less easy to produce, pipeline, and refine. The variations may even influence its suitability for certain products and the quality of those products. Crude oils are roughly classified into three groups, according to the nature of the hydrocarbons they contain (i) Paraffin-based crude oils contain higher molecular weight paraffins, which are solid at room temperature, but little or no asphaltic (bituminous) matter. They can produce high-grade lubricating oils (ii) Asphaltene based crude oils contain large proportions of asphaltic matter, and little or no paraffin. Some are predominantly naphthenes and so yield lubricating oils that are sensitive to temperature changes than the paraffin-based crudes (iii) Mixed based crude oils contain both paraffin and naphthenes, as well as aromatic hydrocarbons. Most crude oils fit this latter category.
"Reactive" crude oil, as referred to herein, is crude oil containing natural organic acidic components (also referred to herein as unrefined petroleum acid) or their precursors such as esters or lactones. These reactive crude oils can generate soaps (carboxylates) when reacted with alkali. More terms used interchangeably for crude oil throughout this disclosure are hydrocarbons, hydrocarbon material, or active petroleum material. An "oil bank" or "oil cut" as referred to herein, is the crude oil that does not contain the injected chemicals and is pushed by the injected fluid during an enhanced oil recovery process. A "nonactive oil," as used herein, refers to an oil that is not substantially reactive or crude oil not containing significant amounts of natural organic acidic components or their precursors such as esters or lactones such that significant amounts of soaps are generated when reacted with alkali. A nonactive oil as referred to herein includes oils having an acid number of less than 0.5 mg KOH/g of oil.
"Unrefined petroleum acids" as referred to herein are carboxylic acids contained in active petroleum material (reactive crude oil). The unrefined petroleum acids contain C11-C20 alkyl chains, including napthenic acid mixtures. The recovery of such "reactive" oils may be performed using alkali (e.g., NaOH, NaHCCb, or Na2CCb) in a surfactant composition. The alkali reacts with the acid in the reactive oil to form soap in situ. These in situ generated soaps serve as a source of surfactants minimizing the levels of added surfactants, thus enabling efficient oil recovery from the reservoir.
The term "polymer" refers to a molecule having a structure that essentially includes the multiple repetitions of units derived, actually or conceptually, from molecules of low relative molecular mass. In some embodiments, the polymer is an oligomer.
The term "productivity" as applied to a petroleum or oil well refers to the capacity of a well to produce hydrocarbons (e.g., unrefined petroleum); that is, the ratio of the hydrocarbon flow rate to the pressure drop, where the pressure drop is the difference between the average reservoir pressure and the flowing bottom hole well pressure (i.e., flow per unit of driving force).
The term "oil solubilization ratio" is defined as the volume of oil solubilized divided by the volume of surfactant in microemulsion. All the surfactant is presumed to be in the microemulsion phase. The oil solubilization ratio is applied for Winsor type I and type III behavior. The volume of oil solubilized is found by reading the change between initial aqueous level and excess oil (top) interface level. The oil solubilization ratio is calculated as follows:
Figure imgf000022_0001
where s0 is the oil solubilization ratio, V0 is the volume of oil solubilized, and Vs is the volume of surfactant. The term "water solubilization ratio" is defined as the volume of water solubilized divided by the volume of surfactant in microemulsion. All the surfactant is presumed to be in the microemulsion phase. The water solubilization ratio is applied for Winsor type III and type II behavior. The volume of water solubilized is found by reading the change between initial aqueous level and excess water (bottom) interface level. The water solubilization parameter is calculated as follows:
Figure imgf000023_0001
where owis the water solubilization ratio, Vw is the volume of oil solubilized, and Vs is the volume of surfactant.
The optimum solubilization ratio occurs where the oil and water solubilization ratios are equal. The coarse nature of phase behavior screening often does not include a data point at optimum, so the solubilization ratio curves are drawn for the oil and water solubilization ratio data and the intersection of these two curves is defined as the optimum. The following is true for the optimum solubilization ratio:
Figure imgf000023_0002
where s* is the optimum solubilization ratio.
The term "solubility" or "solubilization" in general refers to the property of a solute, which can be a solid, liquid or gas, to dissolve in a solid, liquid or gaseous solvent thereby forming a homogenous solution of the solute in the solvent. Solubility occurs under dynamic equilibrium, which means that solubility results from the simultaneous and opposing processes of dissolution and phase joining (e.g., precipitation of solids). The solubility equilibrium occurs when the two processes proceed at a constant rate. The solubility of a given solute in a given solvent typically depends on temperature. For many solids dissolved in liquid water, the solubility increases with temperature. In liquid water at high temperatures, the solubility of ionic solutes tends to decrease due to the change of properties and structure of liquid water. In more particular, solubility and solubilization as referred to herein is the property of oil to dissolve in water and vice versa.
"Viscosity" refers to a fluid's internal resistance to flow or being deformed by shear or tensile stress. In other words, viscosity may be defined as thickness or internal friction of a liquid. Thus, water is "thin", having a lower viscosity, while oil is "thick", having a higher viscosity. More generally, the less viscous a fluid is, the greater its ease of fluidity.
The term "salinity" as used herein, refers to concentration of salt dissolved in an aqueous phases. Examples for such salts are without limitation, sodium chloride, magnesium and calcium sulfates, and bicarbonates. In more particular, the term salinity as it pertains to the present invention refers to the concentration of salts in brine and surfactant solutions.
The term "co-solvent," as used herein, refers to a compound having the ability to increase the solubility of a solute (e.g., a surfactant as disclosed herein) in the presence of an unrefined petroleum acid. In some embodiments, the co-solvents provided herein have a hydrophobic portion (alkyl or aryl chain), a hydrophilic portion (e.g., an alcohol) and optionally an alkoxy portion. Co-solvents as provided herein include alcohols (e.g., C1-C6 alcohols, C1-C6 diols), alkoxy alcohols (e.g., C1-C6 alkoxy alcohols, C1-C6 alkoxy diols, and phenyl alkoxy alcohols), glycol ether, glycol and glycerol. The term "alcohol" is used according to its ordinary meaning and refers to an organic compound containing an -OH groups attached to a carbon atom. The term "did" is used according to its ordinary meaning and refers to an organic compound containing two -OH groups attached to two different carbon atoms. The term "alkoxy alcohol" is used according to its ordinary meaning and refers to an organic compound containing an alkoxy linker attached to a -OH group
The phrase "point of zero charge," as used herein, refers to the pH at which the surface charge (i.e., zeta potential) of a solid material, such as the rock matrix in a subterranean reservoir, is zero.
The phrase “surfactant package,” as used herein, refers to one or more surfactants which are present in a composition.
Polvanionic Surfactants and Surfactant Mixtures
Provided herein are polyanionic surfactants. The polyanionic surfactants can include two or more anionic functional groups (e.g., two or more anionic functional groups selected from carboxylate groups, sulfate groups, sulfonate groups, or any combination thereof). In certain embodiments, the polyanionic surfactants can include one or more carboxylate groups (e.g., from 1 to 3 carboxylate groups) and one or more sulfonate groups (e.g., from 1 to 2 sulfonate groups).
For example, provided herein are polyanionic surfactants defined by Formula I below R1-(CH2)-(AO)-HG Formula I or a salt thereof, wherein HG represents a head group comprising from 1-3 carboxylate moieties; R1 represents a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy; n is an integer from 1 to 8; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; and w is an integer from 1 to 110.
In some embodiments, AO can represent, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group or a propoxy group. In some cases, at least one AO can comprise an ethoxy group and at least one AO can comprise a propoxy group.
In some embodiments, w can be an integer of one or more. For example, w can be at least 1, at least 5, at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, at least 40, at least 45, at least 50, at least 55, at least 60, at least 65, at least 70, at least 75, at least 80, at least 85, at least 90, at least 95, at least 100, or at least 105). In some embodiments, w can be 110 or less (e.g., 105 or less, 100 or less, 95 or less, 90 or less, 85 or less, 80 or less, 75 or less,
70 or less, 65 or less, 60 or less, 55 or less, 50 or less, 45 or less, 40 or less, 35 or less, 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less. w can be an integer ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, w is an integer from 20 to 110, such as from 30 to 110, from 40 to 110, from 50 to 110, or from 60 to 110.
The identity of AO, the number alkylene groups (w), the integer n, and the identity of R1 can be selected in combination. For example, in some embodiments, e, which is defined by the formula below w e
(q + n) wherein w and n are as defined above in Formula I and q is an integer equal to the number of carbon atoms in R1, can be from 1 to 0.5.
In some embodiments, e can be at least 0.5 (e.g., at least 1, at least 1.5, at least 2, at least 2.5, at least 3, at least 3.5, at least 4, at least 4.5, at least 5, or at least 5.5.). In some embodiments, e can be 6 or less (e.g., 5.5 or less, 5 or less, 4.5 or less, 4 or less, 3.5 or less, 3 or less, 2.5 or less, 2 or less, 1.5 or less, or 1 or less). e can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, e can be from 0.5 to 6 (e.g., from 1 to 6, from 1.5 to 5, from 2 to 4.5, or from 2 to 4).
In certain embodiments, the polyanionic surfactant can be defined by Formula IA below
R1-(CH2)-(BO)r(PO)-(EO)-HG
Formula I A or a salt thereof, wherein HG represents a head group comprising from 1-3 carboxylate moieties; n is an integer from 1 to 8; R1 represents a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy; BO represents a butyleneoxy group; PO represents a propyleneoxy group; EO represents an ethyleneoxy group; x is an integer from 1 to 65; y is an integer from 0 to 65; and z is an integer from 0 to 45.
In some embodiments of Formula IA, z is 0. In some embodiments, y is 0 and z is 0.
In some embodiments of Formula IA, z can be 1 or more (e.g., 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, 5 or more, 6 or more, 7 or more, 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 11 or more, 12 or more, 13 or more, 14 or more, 15 or more, 16 or more, 17 or more, 18 or more, 19 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, 30 or more, 35 or more, or 40 or more). In some embodiments, z can be 45 or less (e.g., 40 or less, 35 or less, 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 19 or less, 18 or less, 17 or less, 16 or less, 15 or less, 14 or less, 13 or less, 12 or less, 11 or less, 10 or less, 9 or less, 8 or less, 7 or less, 6 or less, 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, 2 or less, or 1 or less). z can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, z can be an integer from 0 to 45 (e.g., from 0 to 20, from 0 to 10, or from 0 to 5).
In some embodiments for Formula IA, y is 0. In some embodiments, y can be 1 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, 30 or more, 35 or more, 40 or more, 45 or more, 50 or more, 55 or more, or 60 or more). In some embodiments, y can be 65 or less (e.g., 60 or less, 55 or less, 50 or less, 45 or less, 40 or less, 35 or less, 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less). y can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, y can be an integer from 0 to 65 (e.g., from 0 to 45, from 1 to 45, from 10 to 45, from 15 to 40, or from 25 to 40). In some embodiments, y can be from 5 to 45, such as from 10 to 40, from 15 to 40, from 15 to 30, or from 15 to 25.
In some embodiments for Formula IA, x can be 1 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, 30 or more, 35 or more, 40 or more, 45 or more, 50 or more, 55 or more, or 60 or more). In some embodiments, x can be 65 or less (e.g., 60 or less, 55 or less,
50 or less, 45 or less, 40 or less, 35 or less, 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less). x can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, y can be an integer from 1 to 65 (e.g., from 10 to 65, from 10 to 55, from 15 to 55, or from 25 to 50). In some embodiments, x can be from 5 to 50, such as from 10 to 50, from 20 to 45, from 25 to 45, or from 25 to 40.
The ratio of x:(y+z) in the surfactants of Formula IA can vary. In some embodiments, the ratio of x:(y+z) in the surfactants of Formula IA can be at least 0.5:1 (e.g., at least 0.75: 1, at least 1:1, at least 1.25:1, at least 1.5:1, or at least 1.75:1). In some embodiments, the ratio of x:(y+z) in the surfactants of Formula IA can be 2:1 or less (e.g., 1.75:1 or less, 1.5:1 or less, 1.25:1 or less, 1:1 or less, or 0.75:1 or less).
The ratio of x:(y+z) in the surfactants of Formula IA can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the ratio of x:(y+z) can be from 0.5:1 to 2:1. In some embodiments above, the head group can comprise a single carboxylate moiety. For example, in some embodiments, the head group can be defined by the formula below
Figure imgf000028_0001
or a salt thereof, where m is an integer from 1 to 6.
In some embodiments above, m can be 1. In some embodiments, m can be 2. In some embodiments, m can be 3. In some embodiments, m can be 4. In some embodiments, m can be 5. In some embodiments, m can be 6. In some embodiments, m can range between any of the values described above.
In other embodiments, the head group can comprise two carboxylate moieties. For example, in some cases, the head group can be defined by the formula below
Figure imgf000028_0002
or a salt thereof, where p is an integer from 1 to 5.
In some embodiments above, p can be 1. In some embodiments, p can be 2. In some embodiments, p can be 3. In some embodiments, p can be 4. In some embodiments, p can be 5. In some embodiments, p can range between any of the values described above.
In some embodiments, the head group can comprise a carboxylate moiety and a sulfonate moiety. For example, in some embodiments, the head group can be defined by the formula below
Figure imgf000028_0003
or a salt thereof, where p is an integer from 1 to 5.
In some embodiments above, p can be 1. In some embodiments, p can be 2. In some embodiments, p can be 3. In some embodiments, p can be 4. In some embodiments, p can be 5. In some embodiments, p can range between any of the values described above.
In some embodiments above, n can be 1. In some embodiments, n can be 2. In some embodiments, n can be 3. In some embodiments, n can be 4. In some embodiments, n can be 5. In some embodiments, n can be 6. In some embodiments, n can be 7. In some embodiments, n can be 8. In some embodiments, n can range between any of the values described above. In some embodiments above, R1 can comprise a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy. In some embodiments, the alkyl group can comprise a linear alkyl group. In other embodiments, the alkyl group can comprise a branched alkyl group.
In some embodiments, the alkyl group can comprise at least 7 carbon atoms (e.g., at least 8 carbon atoms, at least 9 carbon atoms, at least 10 carbon atoms, at least 11 carbon atoms, at least 12 carbon atoms, at least 13 carbon atoms, at least 14 carbon atoms, at least 15 carbon atoms, at least 16 carbon atoms, at least 17 carbon atoms, at least 18 carbon atoms, at least 19 carbon atoms, at least 20 carbon atoms, at least 21 carbon atoms, at least 22 carbon atoms, at least 23 carbon atoms, at least 24 carbon atoms, at least 25 carbon atoms, at least 26 carbon atoms, at least 27 carbon atoms, at least 28 carbon atoms, at least 29 carbon atoms, at least 30 carbon atoms, or at least 31 carbon atoms). In some embodiments, the alkyl group can comprise 32 carbon atoms or less (e.g., 31 carbon atoms or less, 30 carbon atoms or less, 29 carbon atoms or less, 28 carbon atoms or less, 27 carbon atoms or less, 26 carbon atoms or less, 25 carbon atoms or less, 24 carbon atoms or less, 23 carbon atoms or less, 22 carbon atoms or less, 21 carbon atoms or less, 20 carbon atoms or less, 19 carbon atoms or less, 18 carbon atoms or less, 17 carbon atoms or less, 16 carbon atoms or less, 15 carbon atoms or less, 14 carbon atoms or less, 13 carbon atoms or less, 12 carbon atoms or less, 11 carbon atoms or less, 10 carbon atoms or less, 9 carbon atoms or less, or 8 carbon atoms or less).
The alkyl group can comprise a number of carbon atoms ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the alkyl group can comprise from 7 to 32 carbon atoms (e.g., from 7 to 28 carbon atoms, or from 7 to 20 carbon atoms).
In some embodiments, R1 can comprise a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy. In some embodiments, the alkenyl group can comprise a linear alkenyl group. In other embodiments, the alkenyl group can comprise a branched alkenyl group. In some embodiments, the alkenyl group can comprise one unsaturation (one double bond). In some embodiments, the alkenyl group can comprise two or more unsaturations (two or more double bonds). For example, the alkenyl group can comprise two unsaturations, three unsaturations, or more. In some embodiments, the alkenyl group can comprise at least 7 carbon atoms (e.g., at least 8 carbon atoms, at least 9 carbon atoms, at least 10 carbon atoms, at least 11 carbon atoms, at least 12 carbon atoms, at least 13 carbon atoms, at least 14 carbon atoms, at least 15 carbon atoms, at least 16 carbon atoms, at least 17 carbon atoms, at least 18 carbon atoms, at least 19 carbon atoms, at least 20 carbon atoms, at least 21 carbon atoms, at least 22 carbon atoms, at least 23 carbon atoms, at least 24 carbon atoms, at least 25 carbon atoms, at least 26 carbon atoms, or at least 27 carbon atoms). In some embodiments, the alkenyl group can comprise 28 carbon atoms or less (e.g., 27 carbon atoms or less, 26 carbon atoms or less, 25 carbon atoms or less, 24 carbon atoms or less, 23 carbon atoms or less, 22 carbon atoms or less, 21 carbon atoms or less, 20 carbon atoms or less, 19 carbon atoms or less, 18 carbon atoms or less, 17 carbon atoms or less, 16 carbon atoms or less, 15 carbon atoms or less, 14 carbon atoms or less, 13 carbon atoms or less, 12 carbon atoms or less, 11 carbon atoms or less, 10 carbon atoms or less,
9 carbon atoms or less, or 8 carbon atoms or less).
The alkenyl group can comprise a number of carbon atoms ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the alkenyl group can comprise from 7 to 28 carbon atoms (e.g., from 7 to 20 carbon atoms).
In some embodiments, R1 can comprise a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy. For example, R1 can comprise an alkylbenzene group. In some embodiments, R1 can comprise a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy. For example, R1 can comprise an alkenylbenzene group.
In certain examples, R1 can comprise one of the following
Figure imgf000030_0001
or a salt thereof, wherein a is an integer from 0 to 32; and b is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of a and b is from 4 to 32.
In some embodiments above, a can be 0. In some cases, a can be 1 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, or 30 or more). In some cases, a can be 32 or less (e.g., 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less). a can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, a can be from 0 to 32 (e.g., from 1 to 30, from 1 to 20, from 1 to 15, from 1 to 10, from 4 to 10, or from 4 to 8).
In some embodiments above, b can be 0. In some cases, b can be 1 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, or 30 or more). In some cases, b can be 32 or less (e.g., 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less). b can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, b can be from 0 to 32 (e.g., from 1 to 30, from 1 to 20, from 5 to 20, or from 5 to 15).
In some embodiments, the sum of a and b can be 4 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 6 or more, 7 or more, 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 11 or more, 12 or more, 13 or more, 14 or more, 15 or more, 16 or more, 17 or more, 18 or more, 19 or more, 20 or more, 21 or more, 22 or more, 23 or more, 24 or more, 25 or more, 26 or more, 27 or more, 28 or more, 29 or more, 30 or more, or 31 or more). In some embodiments, the sum of a and b can be 32 or less (e.g., 31 or less, 30 or less, 29 or less, 28 or less, 27 or less, 26 or less, 25 or less, 24 or less, 23 or less, 22 or less, 21 or less, 20 or less, 19 or less, 18 or less, 17 or less, 16 or less, 15 or less, 14 or less, 13 or less, 12 or less,
11 or less, 10 or less, 9 or less, 8 or less, 7 or less, 6 or less, or 5 or less.
The sum of a and b can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the sum of a and b can be from 4 to 32 (e.g., from 8 to 22).
Also provided are surfactant mixtures comprising two or more polyanionic surfactants. For example, provided herein is a surfactant mixture comprising:
(a) a first surfactant defined by Formula II or a salt thereof;
(b)
Figure imgf000032_0001
Formula II and
(b) a second surfactant defined by Formula III or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000032_0002
Formula III wherein one of D1 and D2 is a sulfonate group and one of D1 and D2 is hydrogen; wherein one of
E1 and E2 is a sulfonate group and one of E1 and E2 is hydroxy; e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and p is an integer from 1 to 5 The first surfactant and the second surfactant can be present in the surfactant mixture in varying amounts. For example, in some embodiments, the first surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight (e.g., from 1% by weight to 50% by weight, from 1% by weight to 35% by weight, from 5% by weight to 70% by weight, from 5% by weight to 50% by weight, or from 5% by weight to 35% by weight), based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture; the second surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight (e.g., from 1% by weight to 50% by weight, from 1% by weight to 35% by weight, from 5% by weight to 70% by weight, from 5% by weight to 50% by weight, or from 5% by weight to 35% by weight), based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
In certain embodiments, the surfactant mixture can further comprise (c) a third surfactant defined by Formula IV or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000032_0003
Formula IV and (d) a fourth surfactant defined by Formula V or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000033_0001
Formula V wherein one of D1 and D2 is a sulfonate group and one of D1 and D2 is hydrogen; one of E1 and E2 is a sulfonate group and one of E1 and E2 is hydroxy; e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and m is an integer from 1 to 6.
The third surfactant and the fourth surfactant can be present in the surfactant mixture in varying amounts. For example, in some embodiments, the third surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight (e.g., from 1% by weight to 50% by weight, from 1% by weight to 35% by weight, from 5% by weight to 70% by weight, from 5% by weight to 50% by weight, or from 5% by weight to 35% by weight), based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture; the fourth surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight (e.g., from 1% by weight to 50% by weight, from 1% by weight to 35% by weight, from 5% by weight to 70% by weight, from 5% by weight to 50% by weight, or from 5% by weight to 35% by weight), based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture
In certain embodiments, the surfactant mixture further comprises a fifth surfactant defined by Formula VI or a salt thereof
Figure imgf000033_0002
Formula VI wherein e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and p is an integer from 1 to 5.
When present, the fifth surfactant can be present in the surfactant mixture in varying amounts. For example, in some embodiments, the fifth surfactant can be present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight (e.g., from 1% by weight to 50% by weight, from 1% by weight to 35% by weight, from 5% by weight to 70% by weight, from 5% by weight to 50% by weight, or from 5% by weight to 35% by weight), based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
In some embodiments of Formula II-Formula VI, AO can represent, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group or a propoxy group. In some cases, at least one AO can comprise an ethoxy group and at least one AO can comprise a propoxy group.
In some embodiments of Formula II-Formula VI, w can be an integer of one or more.
For example, w can be at least 1, at least 5, at least 10, at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, at least 30, at least 35, at least 40, at least 45, at least 50, at least 55, at least 60, at least 65, at least 70, at least 75, at least 80, at least 85, at least 90, at least 95, at least 100, or at least 105). In some embodiments, w can be 110 or less (e.g., 105 or less, 100 or less, 95 or less, 90 or less, 85 or less, 80 or less, 75 or less, 70 or less, 65 or less, 60 or less, 55 or less, 50 or less, 45 or less, 40 or less, 35 or less, 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less. w can be an integer ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, w is an integer from 20 to 110, such as from 30 to 110, from 40 to 110, from 50 to 110, or from 60 to 110.
In some embodiments of Formula II-Formula III, p can be 1. In some embodiments, p can be 2. In some embodiments, p can be 3. In some embodiments, p can be 4. In some embodiments, p can be 5. In some embodiments, p can range between any of the values described above.
In some embodiments of Formula IV-Formula V, m can be 1. In some embodiments, m can be 2. In some embodiments, m can be 3. In some embodiments, m can be 4. In some embodiments, m can be 5. In some embodiments, m can be 6. In some embodiments, m can range between any of the values described above.
In some embodiments of Formula II-Formula VI, e can be 0. In some cases, e can be 1 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, or 30 or more). In some cases, e can be 32 or less (e.g., 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less). e can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, e can be from 0 to 32 (e.g., from 1 to 30, from 1 to 20, from 1 to 15, from 1 to 10, from 4 to 10, or from 4 to 8).
In some embodiments of Formula II-Formula VI, f can be 0. In some cases, f can be 1 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, or 30 or more). In some cases, f can be 32 or less (e.g., 30 or less, 25 or less, 20 or less, 15 or less, 10 or less, or 5 or less). f can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, f can be from 0 to 32 (e.g., from 1 to 30, from 1 to 20, from 5 to 20, or from 5 to 15).
In some embodiments of Formula II-Formula VI, the sum of e and f can be 4 or more (e.g., 5 or more, 6 or more, 7 or more, 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 11 or more, 12 or more,
13 or more, 14 or more, 15 or more, 16 or more, 17 or more, 18 or more, 19 or more, 20 or more, 21 or more, 22 or more, 23 or more, 24 or more, 25 or more, 26 or more, 27 or more, 28 or more, 29 or more, 30 or more, or 31 or more). In some embodiments, the sum of e and f can be 32 or less (e.g., 31 or less, 30 or less, 29 or less, 28 or less, 27 or less, 26 or less, 25 or less, 24 or less, 23 or less, 22 or less, 21 or less, 20 or less, 19 or less, 18 or less, 17 or less, 16 or less, 15 or less,
14 or less, 13 or less, 12 or less, 11 or less, 10 or less, 9 or less, 8 or less, 7 or less, 6 or less, or 5 or less.
The sum of e and f can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the sum of e and f can be from 4 to 32 (e.g., from 8 to 22).
The polyanionic surfactants (and surfactant mixtures) described herein can be prepared by a variety of methodologies. One approach (beginning from an unsaturated alcohol) can involve alkoxylating an unsaturated alcohol having from 8 to 36 carbons to form an alkyleneoxy- tipped unsaturated alcohol. Next, a carboxylic acid head group can be introduced using methods known in the art. For example, the alkyleneoxy -tipped unsaturated alcohol can be oxidized to form an unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate. Alternatively, carboxyalkylation (e.g., carboxymethylation) can be performed to produce an unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate. The unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate can then be sulfonated using a sulfonating agent such as chlorosulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, silica sulfuric acid, or sulfamic acid. A basic work up (e.g., using aqueous NaOH) can afford the polyanionic surfactant(s) (typically as a mixture). Aspects of this methodology are illustrated in FIGs 1-5. Standard analytical methodologies (e.g., HPLC and NMR) can be used to confirm the conversion.
Surfactant Packages
The present disclosure also provides surfactant packages that comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein. Example surfactant packages can comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and one or more co-surfactants. The one or more co-surfactants can be selected from an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, a zwitterionic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant, or a non ionic surfactant. In some embodiments, the surfactant package comprises a single-phase liquid surfactant package.
In other embodiments, the surfactant package can consist essentially of one or more polyanionic surfactants as described herein (i.e., the polyanionic surfactants are the only surfactants present in the surfactant package). In other embodiments, the surfactant package can consist of one or more polyanionic surfactants as described herein (i.e., the polyanionic surfactants are the only surfactants present in the surfactant package). In some embodiments, the surfactant package further includes water. In some embodiments, the surfactant package does not comprise a hydrocarbon.
In some embodiments, the surfactant package can comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and an anionic surfactant. In some embodiments, the surfactant package can consist essentially of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and an anionic surfactant (i.e., the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the anionic surfactant are the only surfactants present in the surfactant package). In some embodiments, the surfactant package consists of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and an anionic surfactant. In some embodiments, the surfactant package further includes water. In some embodiments, the surfactant package does not comprise a hydrocarbon.
In some embodiments, the surfactant package can comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a non-ionic surfactant. In some embodiments, the surfactant package can consist essentially of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a non-ionic surfactant (i.e., the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the non-ionic surfactant are the only surfactants present in the surfactant package). In some embodiments, the surfactant package consists of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a non-ionic surfactant. In some embodiments, the surfactant package further includes water. In some embodiments, the surfactant package does not comprise a hydrocarbon.
In some embodiments, the surfactant package can comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a cationic surfactant. In some embodiments, the surfactant package can consist essentially of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a cationic surfactant (i.e., the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the cationic surfactant are the only surfactants present in the surfactant package). In some embodiments, the surfactant package consists of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a cationic surfactant. In some embodiments, the surfactant package further includes water. In some embodiments, the surfactant package does not comprise a hydrocarbon.
In some embodiments, the surfactant package can comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a zwitterionic surfactant. In some embodiments, the surfactant package can consist essentially of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a zwitterionic surfactant (i.e., the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the zwitterionic surfactant are the only surfactants present in the surfactant package). In some embodiments, the surfactant package consists of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and a zwitterionic surfactant. In some embodiments, the surfactant package further includes water. In some embodiments, the surfactant package does not comprise a hydrocarbon.
In some embodiments, the surfactant package can comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and an amphoteric surfactant. In some embodiments, the surfactant package can consist essentially of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and an amphoteric surfactant (i.e., the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the amphoteric surfactant are the only surfactants present in the surfactant package). In some embodiments, the surfactant package consists of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and an amphoteric surfactant. In some embodiments, the surfactant package further includes water. In some embodiments, the surfactant package does not comprise a hydrocarbon.
Suitable anionic co-surfactants include a hydrophobic tail that comprises from 6 to 60 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the anionic surfactant can include a hydrophobic tail that comprises at least 6 carbon atoms (e.g., at least 7 carbon atoms, at least 8 carbon atoms, at least 9 carbon atoms, at least 10 carbon atoms, at least 11 carbon atoms, at least 12 carbon atoms, at least 13 carbon atoms, at least 14 carbon atoms, at least 15 carbon atoms, at least 16 carbon atoms, at least 17 carbon atoms, at least 18 carbon atoms, at least 19 carbon atoms, at least 20 carbon atoms, at least 21 carbon atoms, at least 22 carbon atoms, at least 23 carbon atoms, at least 24 carbon atoms, at least 25 carbon atoms, at least 26 carbon atoms, at least 27 carbon atoms, at least 28 carbon atoms, at least 29 carbon atoms, at least 30 carbon atoms, at least 31 carbon atoms, at least 32 carbon atoms, at least 33 carbon atoms, at least 34 carbon atoms, at least 35 carbon atoms, at least 36 carbon atoms, at least 37 carbon atoms, at least 38 carbon atoms, at least 39 carbon atoms, at least 40 carbon atoms, at least 41 carbon atoms, at least 42 carbon atoms, at least 43 carbon atoms, at least 44 carbon atoms, at least 45 carbon atoms, at least 46 carbon atoms, at least 47 carbon atoms, at least 48 carbon atoms, at least 49 carbon atoms, at least 50 carbon atoms, at least 51 carbon atoms, at least 52 carbon atoms, at least 53 carbon atoms, at least 54 carbon atoms, at least 55 carbon atoms, at least 56 carbon atoms, at least 57 carbon atoms, at least 58 carbon atoms, or at least 59 carbon atoms). In some embodiments, the anionic surfactant can include a hydrophobic tail that comprises 60 carbon atoms or less (e.g., 59 carbon atoms or less, 58 carbon atoms or less, 57 carbon atoms or less, 56 carbon atoms or less, 55 carbon atoms or less, 54 carbon atoms or less, 53 carbon atoms or less, 52 carbon atoms or less, 51 carbon atoms or less, 50 carbon atoms or less, 49 carbon atoms or less, 48 carbon atoms or less, 47 carbon atoms or less, 46 carbon atoms or less, 45 carbon atoms or less, 44 carbon atoms or less, 43 carbon atoms or less, 42 carbon atoms or less, 41 carbon atoms or less, 40 carbon atoms or less, 39 carbon atoms or less, 38 carbon atoms or less, 37 carbon atoms or less, 36 carbon atoms or less, 35 carbon atoms or less, 34 carbon atoms or less, 33 carbon atoms or less, 32 carbon atoms or less, 31 carbon atoms or less, 30 carbon atoms or less, 29 carbon atoms or less, 28 carbon atoms or less, 27 carbon atoms or less, 26 carbon atoms or less, 25 carbon atoms or less, 24 carbon atoms or less, 23 carbon atoms or less, 22 carbon atoms or less, 21 carbon atoms or less, 20 carbon atoms or less, 19 carbon atoms or less, 18 carbon atoms or less, 17 carbon atoms or less, 16 carbon atoms or less, 15 carbon atoms or less, 14 carbon atoms or less, 13 carbon atoms or less, 12 carbon atoms or less, 11 carbon atoms or less, 10 carbon atoms or less, 9 carbon atoms or less, 8 carbon atoms or less, or 7 carbon atoms or less).
The anionic surfactant can include a hydrophobic tail that comprises a number of carbon atoms ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the anionic surfactant can comprise a hydrophobic tail comprising from 6 to 15, from 16 to 30, from 31 to 45, from 46 to 60, from 6 to 25, from 26 to 60, from 6 to 30, from 31 to 60, from 6 to 32, from 33 to 60, from 6 to 12, from 13 to 22, from 23 to 32, from 33 to 42, from 43 to 52, from 53 to 60, from 6 to 10, from 10 to 15, from 16 to 25, from 26 to 35, or from 36 to 45 carbon atoms. The hydrophobic (lipophilic) carbon tail may be a straight chain, branched chain, and/or may comprise cyclic structures. The hydrophobic carbon tail may comprise single bonds, double bonds, triple bonds, or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the anionic surfactant can include a branched hydrophobic tail derived from Guerbet alcohols. The hydrophilic portion of the anionic surfactant can comprise, for example, one or more sulfate moieties (e.g., one, two, or three sulfate moieties), one or more sulfonate moieties (e.g., one, two, or three sulfonate moieties), one or more sulfosuccinate moieties (e.g., one, two, or three sulfosuccinate moieties), one or more carboxylate moieties (e.g., one, two, or three carboxylate moieties), or any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the anionic surfactant can comprise, for example a sulfonate, a disulfonate, a polysulfonate, a sulfate, a disulfate, a polysulfate, a sulfosuccinate, a di sulfosuccinate, a polysulfosuccinate, a carboxylate, a dicarboxylate, a polycarboxylate, or any combination thereof. In some examples, the anionic surfactant can comprise an internal olefin sulfonate (IOS) other than the olefin sulfonates described herein, an isomerized olefin sulfonate, an alfa olefin sulfonate (AOS), an alkyl aryl sulfonate (AAS), a xylene sulfonate, an alkane sulfonate, a petroleum sulfonate, an alkyl diphenyl oxide (di)sulfonate, an alcohol sulfate, an alkoxy sulfate, an alkoxy sulfonate, an alkoxy carboxylate, an alcohol phosphate, or an alkoxy phosphate. In some embodiments, the anionic surfactant can comprise an alkoxy carboxylate surfactant, an alkoxy sulfate surfactant, an alkoxy sulfonate surfactant, an alkyl sulfonate surfactant, an aryl sulfonate surfactant, or an olefin sulfonate surfactant.
An "alkoxy carboxylate surfactant" or "alkoxy carboxylate" refers to a compound having an alkyl or aryl attached to one or more alkoxylene groups (typically -CH2-CH(ethyl)-0-, -CH2- CH(methyl)-0-, or -CH2-CH2-O-) which, in turn is attached to -COO or acid or salt thereof including metal cations such as sodium. In embodiments, the alkoxy carboxylate surfactant can be defined by the formulae below:
Figure imgf000040_0001
or wherein R1 is substituted or unsubstituted C6-C36 alkyl or substituted or unsubstituted aryl; R2 is, independently for each occurrence within the compound, hydrogen or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl; R3 is independently hydrogen or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, n is an integer from 0 to 175, z is an integer from 1 to 6 and M+ is a monovalent, divalent or trivalent cation. In some of these embodiments, R1 can be an unsubstituted linear or branched C6-C36 alkyl.
In certain embodiments, the alkoxy carboxylate can be a C6-C32:PO(0-65):EO(0-100)- carboxylate (i.e., a C6-C32 hydrophobic tail, such as a branched or unbranched C6-C32 alkyl group, attached to from 0 to 65 propyleneoxy groups (-CH2-CH(methyl)-0- linkers), attached in turn to from 0 to 100 ethyleneoxy groups (-CH2-CH2-O- linkers), attached in turn to -COO or an acid or salt thereof including metal cations such as sodium). In certain embodiments, the alkoxy carboxylate can be a branched or unbranched C6-C30:PO(30-40):EO(25-35)-carboxylate. In certain embodiments, the alkoxy carboxylate can be a branched or unbranched C6- C12:PO(30-40):EO(25-35)-carboxylate. In certain embodiments, the alkoxy carboxylate can be a branched or unbranched C6-C30:EO(8-30)-carboxylate.
An “alkoxy sulfate surfactant” or “alkoxy sulfate” refers to a surfactant having an alkyl or aryl attached to one or more alkoxylene groups (typically -CH2-CH(ethyl)-0-, -CH2- CH(methyl)-0-, or -CH2-CH2-O-) which, in turn is attached to -SO3 or acid or salt thereof including metal cations such as sodium. In some embodiment, the alkoxy sulfate surfactant has the formula R-(B0)e-(P0)f-(E0) -S03 or acid or salt (including metal cations such as sodium) thereof, wherein R is C6-C32 alkyl, BO is -CH2-CH(ethyl)-0-, PO is -CH2-CH(methyl)-0-, and EO is -CH2-CH2-O-. The symbols e, f and g are integers from 0 to 50 wherein at least one is not zero.
In embodiments, the alkoxy sulfate surfactant can be an aryl alkoxy sulfate surfactant.
The aryl alkoxy surfactant can be an alkoxy surfactant having an aryl attached to one or more alkoxylene groups (typically -CH2-CH(ethyl)-0-, -CH2-CH(methyl)-0-, or -CH2-CH2-O-) which, in turn is attached to -SO3 or acid or salt thereof including metal cations such as sodium.
An “alkyl sulfonate surfactant” or “alkyl sulfonate” refers to a compound that includes an alkyl group (e.g., a branched or unbranched C6-C32 alkyl group) attached to -SO3 or acid or salt thereof including metal cations such as sodium.
An “aryl sulfate surfactant” or “aryl sulfate” refers to a compound having an aryl group attached to -O-SO3' or acid or salt thereof including metal cations such as sodium. An “aryl sulfonate surfactant” or “aryl sulfonate” refers to a compound having an aryl group attached to - SO3' or acid or salt thereof including metal cations such as sodium. In some cases, the aryl group can be substituted, for example, with an alkyl group (an alkyl aryl sulfonate).
An “internal olefin sulfonate,” “isomerized olefin sulfonate,” or “IOS” in the context of co-surfactants present in addition to the olefin sulfonates described herein refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbon compound comprising at least one carbon-carbon double bond and at least one SO3 group, or a salt thereof. As used herein, a “C20-C28 internal olefin sulfonate,” “a C20-C28 isomerized olefin sulfonate,” or “C20-C28 IOS” refers to an IOS, or a mixture of IOSs with an average carbon number of 20 to 28, or of 23 to 25. The C20-C28 IOS may comprise at least 80% of IOS with carbon numbers of 20 to 28, at least 90% of IOS with carbon numbers of 20 to 28, or at least 99% of IOS with carbon numbers of 20 to 28. As used herein, a “C15-C18 internal olefin sulfonate,” “C 15-08 isomerized olefin sulfonate,” or “ 5- 8 IOS” refers to an IOS or a mixture of IOSs with an average carbon number of 15 to 18, or of 16 to 17. The CIS- OS IOS may comprise at least 80% of IOS with carbon numbers of 15 to 18, at least 90% of IOS with carbon numbers of 15 to 18, or at least 99% of IOS with carbon numbers of 15 to 18. The internal olefin sulfonates or isomerized olefin sulfonates may be alpha olefin sulfonates, such as an isomerized alpha olefin sulfonate. The internal olefin sulfonates or isomerized olefin sulfonates may also comprise branching. In certain embodiments, C15-18 IOS may be added to surfactant packages described herein when used for LPS injection fluids intended for use in high temperature unconventional subterranean formations, such as formations above 130°F (approximately 55°C). The IOS may be at least 20% branching, 30% branching, 40% branching, 50% branching, 60% branching, or 65% branching. In some embodiments, the branching is between 20-98%, 30-90%, 40-80%, or around 65%. Examples of internal olefin sulfonates and the methods to make them are found in U.S. Pat. No. 5,488,148, U.S. Patent Application Publication 2009/0112014, and SPE 129766, all incorporated herein by reference.
In embodiments, the anionic surfactant can be a disulfonate, alkyldiphenyloxide disulfonate, mono alkyldiphenyloxide disulfonate, di alkyldiphenyloxide disulfonate, or a di alkyldiphenyloxide monosulfonate, where the alkyl group can be a C6-C36 linear or branched alkyl group. In embodiments, the anionic surfactant can be an alkylbenzene sulfonate or a dibenzene disufonate. In embodiments, the anionic surfactant can be benzenesulfonic acid, decyl(sulfophenoxy)-disodium salt; linear or branched C6-C36 alkyl :PO(0-65):EO(0- 100) sulfate; or linear or branched C6-C36 alkyl :PO(0-65):EO(0- 100) carboxylate. In embodiments, the anionic surfactant is an isomerized olefin sulfonate (C6-C30), internal olefin sulfonate (C6- C30) or internal olefin disulfonate (C6-C30). In some embodiments, the anionic surfactant is a Guerbet-PO(0-65)-EO(0-100) sulfate (Guerbet portion can be C6-C36). In some embodiments, the anionic surfactant is a Guerbet-PO(0-65)-EO(0-100) carboxylate (Guerbet portion can be C6- C36). In some embodiments, the anionic surfactant is alkyl PO(0-65) and EO(O-IOO) sulfonate: where the alkyl group is linear or branched C6-C36. In some embodiments, the anionic surfactant is a sulfosuccinate, such as a dialkylsulfosuccinate. In some embodiments, the anionic surfactant is an alkyl aryl sulfonate (AAS) (e.g. an alkyl benzene sulfonate (ABS)), a C10-C30 internal olefin sulfate (IOS), a petroleum sulfonate, or an alkyl diphenyl oxide (di)sulfonate.
In some examples, the anionic surfactant can comprise a surfactant defined by the formula below:
R1 — R2 — R3 wherein R1 comprises a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-32 carbon atoms and an oxygen atom linking R1 and R2; R2 comprises an alkoxylated chain comprising at least one oxide group selected from the group consisting of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide, or any combination thereof; and R3 comprises a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon chain comprising 2-12 carbon atoms and from 2 to 5 carboxyl ate groups.
In some examples, the anionic surfactant can comprise a surfactant defined by the formula below:
Figure imgf000043_0001
wherein R4 is, independently for each occurrence, a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-32 carbon atoms; and M represents a counterion (e.g., Na+, K+). In some embodiments, R4 is a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-16 carbon atoms.
Suitable non-ionic co-surfactants include compounds that can be added to increase wettability. In some embodiments, the hydrophilic-lipophilic balance (HLB) of the non-ionic surfactant is greater than 10 (e.g., greater than 9, greater than 8, or greater than 7). In some embodiments, the HLB of the non-ionic surfactant is from 7 to 10.
The non-ionic surfactant can comprise a hydrophobic tail comprising from 6 to 60 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the non-ionic surfactant can include a hydrophobic tail that comprises at least 6 carbon atoms (e.g., at least 7 carbon atoms, at least 8 carbon atoms, at least 9 carbon atoms, at least 10 carbon atoms, at least 11 carbon atoms, at least 12 carbon atoms, at least 13 carbon atoms, at least 14 carbon atoms, at least 15 carbon atoms, at least 16 carbon atoms, at least 17 carbon atoms, at least 18 carbon atoms, at least 19 carbon atoms, at least 20 carbon atoms, at least 21 carbon atoms, at least 22 carbon atoms, at least 23 carbon atoms, at least 24 carbon atoms, at least 25 carbon atoms, at least 26 carbon atoms, at least 27 carbon atoms, at least 28 carbon atoms, at least 29 carbon atoms, at least 30 carbon atoms, at least 31 carbon atoms, at least 32 carbon atoms, at least 33 carbon atoms, at least 34 carbon atoms, at least 35 carbon atoms, at least 36 carbon atoms, at least 37 carbon atoms, at least 38 carbon atoms, at least 39 carbon atoms, at least 40 carbon atoms, at least 41 carbon atoms, at least 42 carbon atoms, at least 43 carbon atoms, at least 44 carbon atoms, at least 45 carbon atoms, at least 46 carbon atoms, at least 47 carbon atoms, at least 48 carbon atoms, at least 49 carbon atoms, at least 50 carbon atoms, at least 51 carbon atoms, at least 52 carbon atoms, at least 53 carbon atoms, at least 54 carbon atoms, at least 55 carbon atoms, at least 56 carbon atoms, at least 57 carbon atoms, at least 58 carbon atoms, or at least 59 carbon atoms). In some embodiments, the non-ionic surfactant can include a hydrophobic tail that comprises 60 carbon atoms or less (e.g., 59 carbon atoms or less, 58 carbon atoms or less, 57 carbon atoms or less, 56 carbon atoms or less, 55 carbon atoms or less, 54 carbon atoms or less, 53 carbon atoms or less, 52 carbon atoms or less, 51 carbon atoms or less, 50 carbon atoms or less, 49 carbon atoms or less, 48 carbon atoms or less, 47 carbon atoms or less, 46 carbon atoms or less, 45 carbon atoms or less, 44 carbon atoms or less, 43 carbon atoms or less, 42 carbon atoms or less, 41 carbon atoms or less, 40 carbon atoms or less, 39 carbon atoms or less, 38 carbon atoms or less, 37 carbon atoms or less, 36 carbon atoms or less, 35 carbon atoms or less, 34 carbon atoms or less, 33 carbon atoms or less, 32 carbon atoms or less, 31 carbon atoms or less, 30 carbon atoms or less, 29 carbon atoms or less, 28 carbon atoms or less, 27 carbon atoms or less, 26 carbon atoms or less, 25 carbon atoms or less, 24 carbon atoms or less, 23 carbon atoms or less, 22 carbon atoms or less, 21 carbon atoms or less, 20 carbon atoms or less, 19 carbon atoms or less, 18 carbon atoms or less, 17 carbon atoms or less, 16 carbon atoms or less, 15 carbon atoms or less, 14 carbon atoms or less, 13 carbon atoms or less, 12 carbon atoms or less, 11 carbon atoms or less, 10 carbon atoms or less, 9 carbon atoms or less, 8 carbon atoms or less, or 7 carbon atoms or less).
The non-ionic surfactant can include a hydrophobic tail that comprises a number of carbon atoms ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the non-ionic surfactant can comprise a hydrophobic tail comprising from 6 to 15, from 16 to 30, from 31 to 45, from 46 to 60, from 6 to 25, from 26 to 60, from 6 to 30, from 31 to 60, from 6 to 32, from 33 to 60, from 6 to 12, from 13 to 22, from 23 to 32, from 33 to 42, from 43 to 52, from 53 to 60, from 6 to 10, from 10 to 15, from 16 to 25, from 26 to 35, or from 36 to 45 carbon atoms. In some cases, the hydrophobic tail may be a straight chain, branched chain, and/or may comprise cyclic structures. The hydrophobic carbon tail may comprise single bonds, double bonds, triple bonds, or any combination thereof. In some cases, the hydrophobic tail can comprise an alkyl group, with or without an aromatic ring (e.g., a phenyl ring) attached to it. In some embodiments, the hydrophobic tail can comprise a branched hydrophobic tail derived from Guerbet alcohols. Example non-ionic surfactants include alkyl aryl alkoxy alcohols, alkyl alkoxy alcohols, or any combination thereof. In embodiments, the non-ionic surfactant may be a mix of surfactants with different length lipophilic tail chain lengths. For example, the non-ionic surfactant may be C9-C11 :9EO, which indicates a mixture of non-ionic surfactants that have a lipophilic tail length of 9 carbon to 11 carbon, which is followed by a chain of 9 EOs. The hydrophilic moiety is an alkyleneoxy chain (e.g., an ethoxy (EO), butoxy (BO) and/or propoxy (PO) chain with two or more repeating units of EO, BO, and/or PO). In some embodiments, 1- 100 repeating units of EO are present. In some embodiments, 0-65 repeating units of PO are present. In some embodiments, 0-25 repeating units of BO are present. For example, the non ionic surfactant could comprise 10EO:5PO or 5EO. In embodiments, the non-ionic surfactant may be a mix of surfactants with different length lipophilic tail chain lengths. For example, the non-ionic surfactant may be C9-C11 :P09:E02, which indicates a mixture of non-ionic surfactants that have a lipophilic tail length of 9 carbon to 11 carbon, which is followed by a chain of 9 POs and 2 EOs. In specific embodiments, the non-ionic surfactant is linear C9- C11 :9EO. In some embodiments, the non-ionic surfactant is a Guerbet PO(0-65) and EO(O-IOO) (Guerbet can be C6-C36); or alkyl PO(0-65) and EO(O-IOO): where the alkyl group is linear or branched C1-C36. In some examples, the non-ionic surfactant can comprise a branched or unbranched C6-C32:PO(0-65):EO(0-100) (e.g., a branched or unbranched C6-C30:PO(30- 40):EO(25-35), a branched or unbranched C6-C12:PO(30-40):EO(25-35), a branched or unbranched C6-30:EO(8-30), or any combination thereof). In some embodiments, the non-ionic surfactant is one or more alkyl polyglucosides.
Example cationic co-surfactants include surfactant analogous to those described above, except bearing primary, secondary, or tertiary amines, or quaternary ammonium cations, as a hydrophilic head group. "Zwitterionic" or "zwitterion" as used herein refers to a neutral molecule with a positive (or cationic) and a negative (or anionic) electrical charge at different locations within the same molecule. Example zwitterionic surfactants include betains and sultains.
Examples of suitable co-surfactants are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,811,504, 3,811,505, 3,811,507, 3,890,239, 4,463,806, 6,022,843, 6,225,267, 7,629,299, 7,770,641, 9,976,072, 8,211, 837, 9,422,469, 9,605,198, and 9,617,464; WIPO Patent Application Nos. WO/2008/079855, WO/2012/027757 and WO /2011/094442; as well as U.S. Patent Application Nos. 2005/0199395, 2006/0185845, 2006/0189486, 2009/0270281, 2011/0046024, 2011/0100402, 2011/0190175, 2007/0191633, 2010/004843. 2011/0201531, 2011/0190174, 2011/0071057, 2011/0059873, 2011/0059872, 2011/0048721, 2010/0319920, 2010/0292110, and 2017/0198202, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety for its description of example surfactants.
Optionally, the surfactant package can include one or more additional components. For example, the surfactant package can further comprise an acid, a polymer, a friction reducer, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a scale inhibitor, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a proppant, a wettability alteration chemical, a co-solvent (e.g., a C1-C5 alcohol, or an alkoxylated C1-C5 alcohol), or any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the surfactant package can further include one or more co solvents. Suitable co-solvents include alcohols, such as lower carbon chain alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol, ethanol, n-propyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, n-amyl alcohol, sec-amyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, sec-hexyl alcohol and the like; alcohol ethers, polyalkylene alcohol ethers, polyalkylene glycols, poly(oxyalkylene)glycols, poly(oxyalkylene)glycol ethers, ethoxylated phenol, or any other common organic co-solvent or combinations of any two or more co-solvents. In one embodiment, the co-solvent can comprise alkyl ethoxylate (C1-C6)- XEO X=l-30 -linear or branched. In some embodiments, the co-solvent can comprise ethylene glycol butyl ether (EGBE), diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (DGBE), triethylene glycol monobutyl ether (TEGBE), ethylene glycol dibutyl ether (EGDE), polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (mPEG), or any combination thereof. In some cases, the co-solvent can comprise an alcohol such as isopropyl alcohol (IP A), isobutyl alcohol (IBA), secondary butyl alcohol (SB A), or any combination thereof.
Aqueous Compositions (Injection Compositions!
Also provided are aqueous surfactant compositions comprising a surfactant package described herein. These compositions can be used in oil and gas operations. These surfactant compositions can comprise water, one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein, and optionally one or more additional components chosen from one or more co-surfactants, a viscosity -modifying polymer, or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the surfactant package can be combined with an aqueous-based injection fluid to form a low particle size injection fluid prior to injection into a well. The surfactant package may be added directly into the aqueous-based injection fluid, or the surfactant package may be diluted (e.g., with water or an aqueous-based injection fluid) prior to being added to the injection fluid. In embodiments, the aqueous-based injection fluid prior to addition of the surfactant package is an aqueous-based injection fluid that was previously injected into the well. When added, the surfactant package can decrease the particle size distribution within the aqueous-based injection fluid, creating a low particle size injection fluid.
In example embodiments, the aqueous-based injection fluid can comprise any type of water, treated or untreated, and can vary in salt content. For example, the aqueous-based injection fluid can comprise sea water, brackish water, fresh water, flowback or produced water, wastewater (e.g., reclaimed or recycled), river water, lake or pond water, aquifer water, brine (e.g., reservoir or synthetic brine), or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the aqueous-based injection fluid can comprise slickwater.
The low particle size injection fluids can comprise from 30% to 99.85% by weight of the total composition of water, for example from 70% to 98% water, from 70% to 90% water, from 70% to 80% water, from 50% to 90% water, from 50% to 70% water, from 50% to 80% water, from 40% to 98% water, or from 50% to 99% water.
In some embodiments, the aqueous-based injection fluid can include an acid, a polymer, a friction reducer, a mobility control agent, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a scale inhibitor, a corrosion inhibitor, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a proppant, a wettability alteration chemical, a co-solvent (e.g., a C1-C5 alcohol, or an alkoxylated C1-C5 alcohol), or any combination thereof. In certain embodiments, the aqueous-based injection fluid can comprise an acid (e.g., at least 10% acid, such as from 10% to 20% by weight acid). In certain embodiments, the injection fluid can comprise a proppant.
Once combined with the aqueous-based injection fluid, the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of at least 0.01% by weight (e.g., at least 0.02% by weight, at least 0.03% by weight, at least 0.04% by weight, at least 0.05% by weight, at least 0.06% by weight, at least 0.07% by weight, at least 0.08% by weight, at least 0.09% by weight, at least 0.1% by weight, at least 0.15% by weight, at least 0.2% by weight, at least 0.25% by weight, at least 0.3% by weight, at least 0.35% by weight, at least 0.4% by weight, at least 0.45% by weight, at least 0.5% by weight, at least 0.55% by weight, at least 0.6% by weight, at least 0.65% by weight, at least 0.7% by weight, at least 0.75% by weight, at least 0.8% by weight, at least 0.85% by weight, at least 0.9% by weight, at least 0.95% by weight, at least 1% by weight, at least 1.25% by weight, at least 1.5% by weight, at least 1.75% by weight, at least 2% by weight, or at least 2.25% by weight), based on the total weight of the low particle size injection fluid. In some embodiments, the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of 2.5% by weight or less (e.g., 2.25% by weight or less, 2% by weight or less, 1.75% by weight or less, 1.5% by weight or less, 1.25% by weight or less, 1% by weight or less, 0.95% by weight or less, 0.9% by weight or less, 0.85% by weight or less, 0.8% by weight or less, 0.75% by weight or less, 0.7% by weight or less, 0.65% by weight or less, 0.6% by weight or less, 0.55% by weight or less, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.45% by weight or less, 0.4% by weight or less, 0.35% by weight or less, 0.3% by weight or less, 0.25% by weight or less, 0.2% by weight or less, 0.15% by weight or less,
0.1% by weight or less, 0.09% by weight or less, 0.08% by weight or less, 0.07% by weight or less, 0.06% by weight or less, 0.05% by weight or less, 0.04% by weight or less, 0.03% by weight or less, or 0.02% by weight or less), based on the total weight of the LPS injection fluid. In particular embodiments, the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%, less than 0.075%, or less than 0.05%.
The one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of from 0.01% to 2.5% by weight (e.g., from 0.05% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.1% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.2% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.1% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.2% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.3% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.4% by weight, or from 0.1% to 0.3% by weight), based on the total weight of the low particle size injection fluid. When present, the one or more co-surfactants can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of at least 0.001% by weight (e.g., at least 0.005% by weight, at least 0.01% by weight, at least 0.02% by weight, at least 0.03% by weight, at least 0.04% by weight, at least 0.05% by weight, at least 0.06% by weight, at least 0.07% by weight, at least 0.08% by weight, at least 0.09% by weight, at least 0.1% by weight, at least 0.15% by weight, at least 0.2% by weight, at least 0.25% by weight, at least 0.3% by weight, at least 0.35% by weight, at least 0.4% by weight, at least 0.45% by weight, at least 0.5% by weight, at least 0.55% by weight, at least 0.6% by weight, at least 0.65% by weight, at least 0.7% by weight, at least 0.75% by weight, at least 0.8% by weight, at least 0.85% by weight, at least 0.9% by weight, at least 0.95% by weight, at least 1% by weight, at least 1.25% by weight, at least 1.5% by weight, at least 1.75% by weight, at least 2% by weight, or at least 2.25% by weight), based on the total weight of the low particle size injection fluid. In some embodiments, the one or more co-surfactants can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of 2.5% by weight or less (e.g., 2.25% by weight or less, 2% by weight or less, 1.75% by weight or less, 1.5% by weight or less, 1.25% by weight or less, 1% by weight or less, 0.95% by weight or less, 0.9% by weight or less, 0.85% by weight or less, 0.8% by weight or less, 0.75% by weight or less, 0.7% by weight or less, 0.65% by weight or less, 0.6% by weight or less, 0.55% by weight or less, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.45% by weight or less, 0.4% by weight or less, 0.35% by weight or less, 0.3% by weight or less, 0.25% by weight or less, 0.2% by weight or less, 0.15% by weight or less, 0.1% by weight or less, 0.09% by weight or less, 0.08% by weight or less, 0.07% by weight or less, 0.06% by weight or less, 0.05% by weight or less, 0.04% by weight or less, 0.03% by weight or less, 0.02% by weight or less, 0.01% by weight or less, or 0.005% by weight or less), based on the total weight of the LPS injection fluid. In particular embodiments, the one or more co surfactants can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of less than 2%, less than 1.5%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%, less than 0.075%, less than 0.05%, or less than 0.01%.
When present, the one or more co-surfactants can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the one or more co surfactants can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of from 0.001% to 2.5% by weight (e.g., from 0.001% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.001% to 2% by weight, from 0.001% to 1 % by weight, from 0.001% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.01% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.1% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.5% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.5% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.5% to 2% by weight, from 1% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.1% to 1% by weight, from 0.1% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.2% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.1% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.2% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.3% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.4% by weight, or from 0.1% to 0.3% by weight, or from 0.05% to 0.5% by weight), based on the total weight of the low particle size injection fluid.
In some embodiments, the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and one or more co-surfactants can be present in the LPS injection fluid, the single-phase liquid surfactant package, or both in a weight ratio of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein to one or more co- surfactants of at least 1 : 1 (e.g., at least 2:1, at least 2.5:1, at least 3:1, at least 4:1, at least 5:1, at least 6:1, at least 7:1, at least 8: 1, or at least 9:1). In some embodiments, the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and one or more co- surfactants can be present in the LPS injection fluid, the single-phase liquid surfactant package, or both in a weight ratio of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein to one or more co surfactants of 10:1 or less (e.g., 9:1 or less; 8:1 or less, 7:1 or less, 6:1 or less, 5:1 or less, 4:1 or less, 3:1 or less, 2.5:1 or less, or 2:1 or less).
The one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and one or more co-surfactants can be present in the LPS injection fluid, the surfactant package, or both in a weight ratio ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and one or more co- surfactants can be present in the LPS injection fluid, the surfactant package, or both in a weight ratio of one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein to one or more co- surfactants of from 1 : 1 to 10:1 (e.g., 1:1 to 5:1, Ll to 2:l, 1:1 to 3:1, 1:1 to 7:1, 2:1 to 5:1, 2:1 to 8:1, or 2:1 to 10:1).
In other embodiments, the one or more co- surfactants are absent (i.e., the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein are the only surfactant(s) present in the surfactant package).
In some embodiments, the total concentration of all surfactants in the LPS injection fluid (the total concentration of the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the one or more co-surfactants in the LPS injection fluid) can be at least 0.01% by weight (e.g., at least 0.02% by weight, at least 0.03% by weight, at least 0.04% by weight, at least 0.05% by weight, at least 0.06% by weight, at least 0.07% by weight, at least 0.08% by weight, at least 0.09% by weight, at least 0.1% by weight, at least 0.15% by weight, at least 0.2% by weight, at least 0.25% by weight, at least 0.3% by weight, at least 0.35% by weight, at least 0.4% by weight, at least 0.45% by weight, at least 0.5% by weight, at least 0.55% by weight, at least 0.6% by weight, at least 0.65% by weight, at least 0.7% by weight, at least 0.75% by weight, at least 0.8% by weight, at least 0.85% by weight, at least 0.9% by weight, at least 0.95% by weight, at least 1% by weight, at least 1.25% by weight, at least 1.5% by weight, at least 1.75% by weight, at least 2% by weight, at least 2.25% by weight, at least 2.5% by weight, at least 2.75% by weight, at least 3% by weight, at least 3.25% by weight, at least 3.5% by weight, at least 3.75% by weight, at least 4% by weight, at least 4.25% by weight, at least 4.5% by weight, or at least 4.75% by weight), based on the total weight of the LPS injection fluid. In some embodiments, the total concentration of all surfactants in the LPS injection fluid (the total concentration of the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the one or more co-surfactants in the LPS injection fluid) can be 5% by weight or less (e.g., 4.75% by weight or less, 4.5% by weight or less, 4.25% by weight or less, 4% by weight or less, 3.75% by weight or less, 3.5% by weight or less, 3.25% by weight or less, 3% by weight or less, 2.75% by weight or less, 2.5% by weight or less, 2.25% by weight or less, 2% by weight or less, 1.75% by weight or less, 1.5% by weight or less, 1.25% by weight or less, 1% by weight or less, 0.95% by weight or less, 0.9% by weight or less, 0.85% by weight or less, 0.8% by weight or less, 0.75% by weight or less, 0.7% by weight or less, 0.65% by weight or less, 0.6% by weight or less, 0.55% by weight or less, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.45% by weight or less, 0.4% by weight or less, 0.35% by weight or less, 0.3% by weight or less, 0.25% by weight or less, 0.2% by weight or less, 0.15% by weight or less, 0.1% by weight or less, 0.09% by weight or less, 0.08% by weight or less, 0.07% by weight or less, 0.06% by weight or less, 0.05% by weight or less, 0.04% by weight or less, 0.03% by weight or less, or 0.02% by weight or less), based on the total weight of the LPS injection fluid.
The total concentration of all surfactants in the LPS injection fluid (the total concentration of the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the one or more co-surfactants in the LPS injection fluid) can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the total concentration of all surfactants in the LPS injection fluid (the total concentration of the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the one or more co-surfactants in the LPS injection fluid) can be from 0.01% by weight to 5% by weight (e.g., from 0.01% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.01% to 1% by weight, or from 0.01% to 0.5% by weight).
In some embodiments when the LPS injection fluid is being injected into a horizontal well, the total concentration of all surfactants in the LPS injection fluid (the total concentration of the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the one or more co-surfactants in the LPS injection fluid) can be from 0.01% to 1.5% by weight, (e.g., from 0.01% to 1% by weight, from 0.1% to 1% by weight, from 0.1% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.5% to 1% by weight, from 0.5% to 1.5% by weight, from 1% to 1.5% by weight, or from 0.01% to 0.5% by weight).
In some embodiments when the LPS injection fluid is being injected into a vertical well, the total concentration of all surfactants in the LPS injection fluid (the total concentration of the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the one or more co-surfactants in the LPS injection fluid) can be from 0.01% to 5% by weight, from 0.01% to 1% by weight, from 0.5% to 5% by weight, from 0.5% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.5% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.5% to 1% by weight, from 1% to 5% by weight, from 1% to 2.5% by weight, from or 1% to 1.5% by weight).
When present, the one or more co-solvents can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of less than 2%, less than 1.5%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%, less than 0.075%, less than 0.05%, or less than 0.01%. For example, the one or more co-solvents can have a concentration within the low particle size injection fluid of from 0.001% to 1.5% by weight (e.g., from 0.001% to 1 % by weight, from 0.001% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.01% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.1% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.5% to 1.5% by weight, from 0.1% to 1% by weight, from 0.1% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.2% to 0.5% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.1% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.2% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.3% by weight, from 0.05% to 0.4% by weight, or from 0.1% to 0.3% by weight, or 0.05% to 0.5% by weight), based on the total weight of the low particle size injection fluid. After the surfactant package has been combined with the aqueous-based injection fluid, the LPS injection fluid may be a single-phase fluid or may be an emulsion depending on the amount of oil within the injection fluid.
In some embodiments, the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the one or more co-surfactants can be added to the aqueous-based injection fluid to form the LPS injection fluid. For example, the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the one or more co- surfactants can be pre-mixed as components of the surfactant package. Alternatively, the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the one or more co- surfactants can be separately combined with (e.g., sequentially added to) the aqueous-based injection fluid to form the LPS injection fluid. In other embodiments, the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and/or the one or more co- surfactants can be added separately or together to an aqueous-based injection fluid when preparing slickwater in a tank. In some embodiments, the one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein and the one or more co-surfactants can be mixed with one or more additional components prior to combination with the aqueous-based injection fluid.
The one or more surfactants present in the surfactant package (and ultimately the LPS injection fluid) can be selected to improve hydrocarbon recovery. Specifically, the one or more surfactants can improve hydrocarbon recovery by increasing the aqueous stability of the LPS injection fluid at the temperature and salinity of the reservoir, decreasing the interfacial tension (IFT) of the LPS injection fluid with hydrocarbons in the reservoir, changing (e.g., increasing or decreasing the wettability of the reservoir, or any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the one or more surfactants in the surfactant package (and ultimately the LPS injection fluid) can increase the aqueous stability of the LPS injection fluid at the temperature and salinity of the reservoir. Aqueous stable solutions can propagate further into a reservoir upon injection as compared to an injection fluid lacking aqueous stability. In addition, because injected chemicals remain soluble aqueous stable solutions, aqueous stable solutions do not precipitate particulates or phase separate within the formation which may obstruct or hinder fluid flow through the reservoir. As such, injection fluids that exhibit aqueous stability under reservoir conditions can largely eliminate formation damage associated with precipitation of injected chemicals. In this way, hydrocarbon recovery can be facilitated by the one or more surfactants in the surfactant package.
In some embodiments, the one or more surfactants in the surfactant package (and ultimately the LPS injection fluid) can decrease the interfacial tension (IFT) of the LPS injection fluid with hydrocarbons in the reservoir. Reducing the IFT can decrease pressure required to drive an aqueous-based injection fluid into the formation matrix. In addition, decreasing the IFT reduces water block during production, facilitating the flow of hydrocarbons from the formation to the wellbore (e.g., facilitating the flow of hydrocarbons back through the fractures and to the wellbore). In this way, hydrocarbon recovery can be facilitated by the one or more surfactants in the surfactant package.
In some embodiments, the one or more surfactants in the surfactant package (and ultimately the LPS injection fluid) can change the wettability of the reservoir. In particular, in embodiments where the reservoir is oil-wet or mixed-wet, the one or more surfactants in the surfactant package (and ultimately the LPS injection fluid) can make the reservoir more water- wet. By increasing the water- wetness of the reservoir, the formation will imbibe injected aqueous-based injection fluid into the formation matrix, leading to a corresponding flow of hydrocarbon from regions within the formation back to the fracture. In this way, hydrocarbon recovery can be facilitated by the one or more surfactants in the surfactant package.
In some embodiments, the one or more surfactants can improve hydrocarbon recovery by increasing the aqueous stability of the LPS injection fluid at the temperature and salinity of the reservoir and decreasing the interfacial tension (IFT) of the LPS injection fluid with hydrocarbons in the reservoir. In some embodiments, the one or more surfactants can improve hydrocarbon recovery by decreasing the interfacial tension (IFT) of the LPS injection fluid with hydrocarbons in the reservoir and increasing the wettability of the reservoir. In some embodiments, the one or more surfactants can improve hydrocarbon recovery by increasing the aqueous stability of the LPS injection fluid at the temperature and salinity of the reservoir and increasing the wettability of the reservoir. In certain embodiments, the one or more surfactants can improve hydrocarbon recovery by increasing the aqueous stability of the LPS injection fluid at the temperature and salinity of the reservoir, decreasing the interfacial tension (IFT) of the LPS injection fluid with hydrocarbons in the reservoir, and changing the wettability of the reservoir. In an embodiment, the surfactant package is tested by determining the mean particle size distribution through dynamic light scattering. In specific embodiments, the mean particle size distribution of the aqueous-based injection fluid decreases after addition of the single-phase liquid surfactant package. In embodiments, the average diameter of particle size of the LPS injection fluid (aqueous-based injection fluid plus single-phase liquid surfactant package) is less than 0.1 micrometers. In an embodiment, when tested at the specific reservoir temperature and salinity, the average diameter of the LPS injection fluid is less than 0.1 micrometers. In specific embodiments, the average diameter in particle size distribution measurement of the LPS injection fluid is less than the average pore size of the unconventional reservoir rock matrix.
In some embodiments, the surfactant packages as described herein can be combined with one or more additional components to form a foamed composition.
In some embodiments, the foamed composition can comprise an acid. The acid can comprise any suitable acid known in the art. In some embodiments, the acid can comprise a strong acid, such as HC1. In other embodiments, the acid can comprise a weak acid, such as an organic acid.
In some embodiments, the foamed composition can have a pH of at least 2 (e.g., at least 2.5, at least 3, at least 3.5, at least 4, at least 4.5, at least 5, or at least 5.5). In some embodiments, the foamed composition can have a pH of 6 or less (e.g., 5.5 or less, 5 or less, 4.5 or less, 4 or less, 3.5 or less, 3 or less, or 2.5 or less).
The foamed composition can have a pH ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the foamed composition can have a pH of from 2 to 6 (e.g., from 2 to 5.5, from 2 to 4, or from 2 to 3).
In some embodiments, the foamed composition can comprise an alkali agent.
The term “alkali agent” is used herein according to its conventional meaning and includes basic, ionic salts of alkali metals or alkaline earth metals. Alkali agents as provided herein are typically capable of reacting with an unrefined petroleum acid (e.g., an acid in crude oil (reactive oil)) to form soap (a surfactant salt of a fatty acid) in situ. These in situ generated soaps serve as a source of surfactants capable of reducing the interfacial tension of hydrocarbons with an aqueous composition. Examples of suitable alkali agents include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metaborate, and salts of EDTA (e.g., EDTA tetrasodium salt or EDTA tetrapotassium salt). In one embodiment, the alkali agent is NaOH. In other embodiments, the alkali agent is Na2C03.
In some embodiments, the foamed composition can have a pH of at least 8 (e.g., at least 8.5, at least 9, at least 9.5, at least 10, at least 10.5, at least 11, or at least 11.5). In some embodiments, the foamed composition can have a pH of 12 or less (e.g., 11.5 or less, 11 or less, 10.5 or less, 10 or less, 9.5 or less, 9 or less, or 8.5 or less).
The foamed composition can have a pH ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the foamed composition can have a pH of from 8 to 12 (e.g., from 8.5 to 12, from 9 to 12, from 8.5 to 11.5, from 9 to 11.5, from 8.5 to 11, or from 9 to 11).
In some embodiments, the foamed composition can comprise a co-solvent. Suitable co solvents include alcohols, such as lower carbon chain alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol, ethanol, n-propyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, n-amyl alcohol, sec-amyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, sec-hexyl alcohol and the like; alcohol ethers, polyalkylene alcohol ethers, polyalkylene glycols, poly(oxyalkylene)glycols, poly(oxyalkylene)glycol ethers, ethoxylated phenol, or any other common organic co-solvent or combinations of any two or more co solvents. In one embodiment, the co-solvent can comprise alkyl ethoxylate (Cl-C6)-XEO X=l- 30 -linear or branched. In some embodiments, the co-solvent can comprise ethylene glycol butyl ether (EGBE), diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (DGBE), triethylene glycol monobutyl ether (TEGBE), ethylene glycol dibutyl ether (EGDE), polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (mPEG), or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the co-solvent can be present in the foamed composition in an amount of from 0.1% to 25% by weight (e.g. from 0.1% to 10% by weight, from 1% to 10% by weight, from 5% to 10% by weight, from 1% to 25% by weight, from 5% to 25% by weight, from 10% to 25% by weight, from 1% to 5% by weight, or from 0.5% to 5% by weight) of the total weight of the foamed composition.
In some embodiments, the foamed composition can comprise a viscosity -modifying polymer. Examples of viscosity-modifying polymer are known in the art. Examples of suitable polymers include biopolymers such as polysaccharides. For example, polysaccharides can be xanthan gum, scleroglucan, guar gum, a mixture thereof (e.g., any modifications thereof such as a modified chain), etc. Indeed, the terminology “mixtures thereof’ or “combinations thereof’ can include “modifications thereof’ herein. Examples of suitable synthetic polymers include polyacrylamides. Examples of suitable polymers include synthetic polymers such as partially hydrolyzed polyacrylamides (HP AMs or PHPAs) and hydrophobically-modified associative polymers (APs). Also included are co-polymers of polyacrylamide (PAM) and one or both of 2- acrylamido 2-methylpropane sulfonic acid (and/or sodium salt) commonly referred to as AMPS (also more generally known as acrylamido tertiobutyl sulfonic acid or ATBS), N-vinyl pyrrolidone (NVP), and the NVP-based synthetic may be single-, co-, or ter-polymers. In one embodiment, the synthetic polymer is polyacrylic acid (PAA). In one embodiment, the synthetic polymer is polyvinyl alcohol (PVA). Copolymers may be made of any combination or mixture above, for example, a combination of NVP and ATBS. In certain embodiments, the viscosity modifying polymer can comprise an uncrosslinked polymer. In some embodiments, the viscosity -modifying polymer can be present in the foamed composition in an amount of from 0.1% to 25% by weight (e.g. from 0.1% to 10% by weight, from 1% to 10% by weight, from 5% to 10% by weight, from 1% to 25% by weight, from 5% to 25% by weight, from 10% to 25% by weight, from 1% to 5% by weight, or from 0.5% to 5% by weight) of the total weight of the foamed composition.
In some embodiments, the foamed composition can further comprise a foam stabilizer. Foam stabilizers are known in the art and include, for example, crosslinkers, particulate stabilizers, or any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the foamed composition can further include a crosslinker, such as a borate crosslinking agent, a Zr crosslinking agent, a Ti crosslinking agent, an A1 crosslinking agent, an organic crosslinker, or any combination thereof. When present, the viscosity modifying polymer and the crosslinker can be present in a weight ratio of from 20: 1 to 100: 1.
In some embodiments, the foamed composition can further include a particulate stabilizer (e.g., nanoparticles or microparticles). Examples of suitable nanoparticles and microparticles are known in the art, and include, for example, nickel oxide, alumina, silica (surface-modified), a silicate, iron oxide (FesCE), titanium oxide, impregnated nickel on alumina, synthetic clay, natural clay, iron zinc sulfide, magnetite, iron octanoate, or any combination thereof. Other examples of suitable nanoparticles are described, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 10,266,750, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the foamed composition can further comprise a breaker. In certain embodiments, the period of time in step (c) comprises a period of time effective to allow the foamed composition to break.
In another aspect, the surfactant packages as described herein can be formulated into injection compositions that further comprise a borate-acid buffer. In some embodiments, the composition can comprise a borate-acid buffer, a surfactant package, and water. In some embodiments, the composition can comprise a borate-acid buffer, a surfactant package, a polymer, and water.
The water used to form the aqueous injection compositions can comprise any type of water, treated or untreated, and can vary in salt content. For example, the water can comprise sea water, brackish water, fresh water, flowback or produced water, wastewater (e.g., reclaimed or recycled), river water, lake or pond water, aquifer water, brine (e.g., reservoir or synthetic brine), or any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the water can comprise hard water or hard brine. The hard water or hard brine comprises a divalent metal ion chosen from Ca2+, Mg2+, Sr2+, Ba2+, or any combination thereof. In certain embodiments, the hard water or hard brine can comprise at least 10 ppm at least 100 ppm, at least 500 ppm, at least 1,000 ppm, at least 5,000 ppm, or at least 10,000 ppm of divalent metal ions chosen from Ca2+, Mg2+, Sr2+, Ba2+, or any combination thereof. In certain examples, the hard water or hard brine can comprise from 100 ppm to 25,000 ppm of divalent metal ions chosen from Ca2+, Mg2+, Sr2+, Ba2+, or any combination thereof.
The borate-acid buffer serves to buffer the pH of the injection composition. The composition can be buffered such that a minimal addition of an acid or base to the buffered composition will not substantially impact the pH of the composition. In some embodiments, the borate-acid buffer can exhibit a capacity to buffer at a pH of from at least 6 (e.g., a pH of at least 6.25, a pH of at least 6.5, a pH. of at least 6.75, a pH of at least 7, a pH of at least 7.25, a pH of at least 7.5, a pH. of at least 7.75, a pH of at least 8, or a pH of at least 8.25). In some embodiments, the borate-acid buffer can exhibit a capacity to buffer at a pH of 8.5 or less (e.g., a pH of 8.25 or less, a pH of 8 or less, a pH of 7.75 or less, a pH of 7.5 or less, a pH of 7.25 or less, a pH of 7 or less, a pH of 6.75 or less, a pH of 6.5 or less, or a pH of 6.25 or less).
The borate-acid buffer can exhibit a capacity to buffer at a pH ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the borate-acid buffer can exhibit a capacity to buffer at a pH of from 6 to 8.5 (e.g., from 6.5 to 7.5, from 6 to 7.5, from 6.5 to 7, or from 6 to 7).
In certain embodiments, the borate-acid buffer can exhibit a capacity to buffer at a pH of less than 8. In certain embodiments, the borate-acid buffer can exhibit a capacity to buffer at a pH of less than 7.
In some cases, the borate-acid buffer can exhibit a capacity to buffer at a pH below the point of zero charge of a formation into which the composition will be injected as part of an oil and gas operation.
In some embodiments, the injection composition can have a salinity of at least 5,000 ppm. In other embodiments, the injection composition has a salinity of at least 50,000 ppm. In other embodiments, the injection composition has a salinity of at least 100,000 ppm. In other embodiments, the injection composition has a salinity of at least 250,000 ppm. The total range of salinity (total dissolved solids in the brine) is 100 ppm to saturated brine (about 260,000 ppm).
In some embodiments, the injection composition can have a temperature of at least 20°C (e.g., at least 30°C, at least 40°C, at least 50°C, at least 60°C, at least 70°C, at least 80°C, at least 90°C, at least 100°C, or at least 110°C). The injection composition can have a temperature of 120°C or less (e.g., 110°C or less, 100°C or less, 90°C or less, 80°C or less, 70°C or less, 60°C or less, 50°C or less, 40°C or less, or 30°C or less). In some embodiments, the injection composition can have a temperature of greater than 120°C.
The injection composition can have a temperature ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, the injection composition can have a temperature of from 20°C to 120°C (e.g., from 50°C to 120°C, from 60°C to 120°C, from 70°C to 120°C, from 50°C to 100°C, from 80°C to 100°C, or from 80°C to 120°C).
In some embodiments, the injection composition can have a viscosity of between 20 mPas and 100 mPas at 20°C. The viscosity of the injection solution may be increased from 0.3 mPas to 1, 2, 10, 20, 100 or even 1000 mPas by including a water-soluble polymer. The apparent viscosity of the injection composition may be increased with a gas (e.g., a foam forming gas) as an alternative to the water-soluble polymer.
The injection compositions described herein can include a borate-acid buffer. In some embodiments, the borate-acid buffer can comprise a borate compound and a conjugate base of an acid.
A variety of suitable boron compounds may be used. Examples of boron compounds include Borax, Sodium tetraborate decahydrate (Na2B4O7.10H2O), Borax pentahydrate (Na2B407.5H20), Kemite (Na2B407.4H20), Borax monohydrate (Na2O.2B2O3.H2O), Sodium metaborate tetrahydrate (NaB02.4H20 or Na2O.B2O3.8H2O), Sodium metaborate dihydrate (NaB02.2H20 or Na2O.B2O3.4H2O), Ezcurrite (2Na2O.5 iB2O3.7H2O), Auger's sodium borate/Nasinite (2Na2O.5B2O3.5H2O), Sodium pentaborate (Na20.5B203.10H20), Potassium metaborate (K2O.B2O3.2.5H2O), Potassium tetraborate (K2O.2B2O3.8H2O or 4¾0), Auger's potassium pentaborate (2K2O.5B2O3.5H2O), Potassium pentaborate (K2O.5B2O3.8H2O), Lithium metaborate octahydrate (L1BO2.8H2O or L12O.B2O3.16H2O), Lithium tetraborate trihydrate (Li2O.2B2O3.3H2O), Lithium pentaborate (L12O.5B2O3.IOH2O), Rubidium diborate (Rb2O.2B2O3.5H2O), Rubidium pentaborate (Rb2O.5B2O3.8H2O), Rubidium metaborate (Rb2O.B2O3.3H2O), Cesium Metaborate (Cs2O.B2O3.7H2O), Cesium diborate (Cs2O.2B2O3.5H2O), Cesium pentaborate (Cs2O.5B2O3.8H2O), Ammonium biborate ((NH4)2.2B2q3.4H2q), Ammonium pentaborate ((NH4)2q.5B2q3.8H2q), Larderellite, probably ((NH4)2q.5B2q3.4H2q), Ammonioborite ((NH4)2q.5B2q3.5½H2q), Kernite (Rasorite) (Na2B402.4H20), Tincalconite (Mohavite) (Na2B407.5H20), Borax (Tincal) (Na2B4O7.10H2O), Sborgite (Na2BioOi6.10H20), Ezcurrite (Na4BioOi7.7H20), Probertite (Kramerite) (NaCaB509.5H20), Ulxiete (Hayesine, Franklandite) (NaCaBs09.8H20), Nobleite (CaB60io.4H20), Gowerite (CaB60io.5H20), Frolovite (Ca2B40s.7H20), Colemanite (Ca2B60n.5H20), Meyerhofferite (Ca2B60n.7H20), Inyoite (Ca2B60n.l3H20), Priceite {(Pandermite) (Cryptomorphite)} (Ca4BioOi9.7H20), Tertschite (Ca4BioOi9.20H20), Ginorite (Ca2Bi4023.8H20), Pinnoite (MgB204.3H20), Paternoite (MgB80i3.4H20), Kurnakovite (Mg2B60n.l5H20), Inderite (lesserite) (monoclinic) (Mg2B60n.l5H20), Preobrazhenskite (Mg3BioOi8.4½H20), Hydroboracite (CaMgB60n.6H20), Inderborite (CaMgB60n.l lH20), Kaliborite (Heintzite) (KMg2Bn0i9.9H20), Larderellite ((NH4)2BioOi6.4H20), Ammonioborite ((NH4)2B IOO ΐό5 ½H20), Veatchite (SrB6Oio.2H20), p-Veatchite ((Sr,Ca)B6Oio.2H20), Teepleite (Na2B2O4.2Na2Cl.4H2O), Bandylite (CuB2O4.CuCl2.4H2O), Hilgardite (monocline) (3Ca2B6O11.2CaCl2.4H2O), Parahilgardite (triclinic) (3Ca2B6O11.2CaCl2.4H2O), Boracite (Mg5Bi4026MgCl2), Fluoborite (Mg3(B03)(F,0H)3), Hambergite (Be2(B03)(0H)), Sussexite ((Mn,Zn)(B02)(0H)), (Ascharite Camsellite) (Mg(B02)(0H)), Szaibelyite (Mg(B02)(0H)), Roweite ((Mn,Mg,Zn)Ca(B02)2(0H)2), Seamanite (Mn3(P04)(B03).3H20), Wiserite (Mn B205(0H,Cl)4), Luneburgite (Mg3B2(0H)6(P04)2.6H20), Cahnite (Ca2B(0H) (As04)), Sulfoborite (Mg6H4(B03)4(S04)2.7H20), Johachidolite (H6Na2Ca3Al4F5B602o), Boric Acid, Sassolite (H3BO3), Jeremejewite (Eichwaldite) (AIBO3), Kotoite (Mg3(B03)2), Nordenskioldine (CaSn(B03)2), Rhodizite, Warwickite ((Mg,Fe)3TiB206), Ludwigite (Ferro-ludwegite,
Vonsenite) ((Mg,Fen)2FemB05), Paigeite ((Fen,Mg)2FemB05), Pinakiolite (Mg3MnnMn2 mB20io), Axinite (2Al203.2(Fe,Mn)0.4Ca0.H20.B2038Si02), Bakerite, Danburite (Ca0.B203.2Si02), Datolite (2CaO.H2O.B2O3.SiO2), Dumortierite (8AI2O3.H2OB2O3.6S1O2), Grandidierite (1 l(Al,Fe,B)203.7(Mg,Fe,Ca)0.2(H,Na,K)20.7Si02), Homilite (2Ca0.Fe0.B203.2Si02), Howlite (4Ca0.5H2o.5B203.2Si02), Hyalotekite (16(Pb,Ba,Ca)0.F.2B203.24H20), Kornerupine, Manandonite
(7Al203.2Li20.12H20.2B203.6Si02), Sapphirine, Searlesite (Na20.2H20.B203.4Si02), Serendibite (3Al203.2Ca.4Mg0.B203.4Si02), and any combination thereof.
In certain embodiments, in boron compound can comprise a metaborate or a borax. In certain embodiments, the boron compound can comprise sodium tetraborate, calcium tetraborate, sodium borate, sodium metaborate, or any combination thereof. In embodiments, the boron compound comprises sodium metaborate. The term “sodium metaborate” as provided herein refers to the borate salt having the chemical formula NaB024H20 and in the customary sense, refers to CAS Registry No. 10555-76-7. In embodiments, the boron compound comprises borax. Other suitable compounds include, for example, barium borate or zinc borate.
The acid can comprise any suitable acid. For example, the acid can comprise acetic acid, citric acid, boric acid, tartaric acid, hydrochloric acid, succinic acid, or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the acid can comprise an organic acid. In some embodiment, the conjugate base of the acid comprises a chelator for a divalent metal ion (e.g., Mg2+ or Ca2+).
In some embodiments, the conjugate base of the acid comprises two or more heteroatoms (e.g., two or more oxygen atoms). In certain embodiments, the conjugate base comprises one or more carboxylate moieties. For example, the conjugate base can comprise acetate, citrate, tartrate, succinate, or any combination thereof. The borate compound and the conjugate base of the organic acid can be present at a weight ratio of from 1:1 to 5:1 (e.g., from 1:1 to 3:1, from 2:1 to 5:1, from 1:1 to 4:1, or from 1:1 to 2:1).
In some embodiments, the borate-acid buffer can comprise two or more different borate compounds, two or more conjugate bases of different acids, or any combination thereof. By way of illustration, the borate-acid buffer can be prepared by mixing two or more borate compounds with an acid, a borate compound with two or more acids, or two or more borate compounds with two or more acids.
In some embodiments, the borate-acid buffer comprises a borate compound, a conjugate base of a first acid, and a conjugate base of a second acid. In some cases, the first acid comprises acetic acid. In some cases, the second acid comprises an acid whose conjugate base has lower solubility in the aqueous composition than acetate. For example, the second acid can comprise citric acid.
In some embodiments, the borate-acid buffer can comprise a first borate compound, second borate compounds, and a conjugate base of an acid.
One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that the borate-acid buffers described above can likewise be formed by combining boric acid with an alkali.
For example, borate-acid buffers can be formed by combining boric acid an alkali such as an acetate salt (e.g., sodium acetate, potassium acetate), a citrate salt (e.g., sodium citrate, potassium citrate), a tartrate salt (e.g., sodium tartrate, potassium tartrate, sodium potassium tartrate, potassium bitartrate), a hydroxide salt (e.g., sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide), a succinate salt (e.g., sodium succinate, potassium succinate), or any combination thereof.
In these examples, the alkali can form a conjugate acid that comprises a chelator for a divalent metal ion. In some cases, the conjugate acid can comprise two or more heteroatoms (e.g., two or more oxygen atoms). In certain cases, the conjugate acid can comprise one or more carboxylate moieties.
The borate-acid buffer can have a concentration within the injection composition of at least 0.01% by weight (e.g., at least 0.02% by weight, at least 0.03% by weight, at least 0.04% by weight, at least 0.05% by weight, at least 0.06% by weight, at least 0.07% by weight, at least 0.08% by weight, at least 0.09% by weight, at least 0.1% by weight, at least 0.15% by weight, at least 0.2% by weight, at least 0.25% by weight, at least 0.3% by weight, at least 0.35% by weight, at least 0.4% by weight, at least 0.45% by weight, at least 0.5% by weight, at least 0.55% by weight, at least 0.6% by weight, at least 0.65% by weight, at least 0.7% by weight, at least 0.75% by weight, at least 0.8% by weight, at least 0.85% by weight, at least 0.9% by weight, at least 0.95% by weight, at least 1% by weight, at least 1.25% by weight, at least 1.5% by weight, at least 1.75% by weight, at least 2% by weight, at least 2.5% by weight, at least 3% by weight, at least 3.5% by weight, at least 4% by weight, or at least 4.5% by weight), based on the total weight of the injection composition. In some embodiments, the borate-acid buffer can have a concentration within the injection composition of 5% by weight or less (e.g., 4.5% by weight or less, 4% by weight or less, 3.5% by weight or less, 3% by weight or less, 2.5% by weight or less, 2% by weight or less, 1.75% by weight or less, 1.5% by weight or less, 1.25% by weight or less, 1% by weight or less, 0.95% by weight or less, 0.9% by weight or less, 0.85% by weight or less, 0.8% by weight or less, 0.75% by weight or less, 0.7% by weight or less, 0.65% by weight or less, 0.6% by weight or less, 0.55% by weight or less, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.45% by weight or less, 0.4% by weight or less, 0.35% by weight or less, 0.3% by weight or less, 0.25% by weight or less, 0.2% by weight or less, 0.15% by weight or less, 0.1% by weight or less, 0.09% by weight or less, 0.08% by weight or less, 0.07% by weight or less, 0.06% by weight or less, 0.05% by weight or less, 0.04% by weight or less, 0.03% by weight or less, or 0.02% by weight or less), based on the total weight of the injection composition.
The borate-acid buffer can have a concentration within the injection composition ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the borate-acid buffer can have a concentration within the injection composition of from 0.01% to 5% by weight (e.g., from 0.01% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.01% to 2% by weight, from 0.05% to 5% by weight, from 0.05% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.05% to 1% by weight, or from 0.05% to 0.5% by weight), based on the total weight of the injection composition.
In some embodiments, the injection compositions can further include a polymer, such as a viscosity enhancing water-soluble polymer. In some embodiments, the water-soluble polymer may be a biopolymer such as xanthan gum or scleroglucan, a synthetic polymer such as polyacryamide, hydrolyzed polyarcrylamide or co-polymers of acrylamide and acrylic acid, 2- acrylamido 2-methyl propane sulfonate or N-vinyl pyrrolidone, a synthetic polymer such as polyethylene oxide, or any other high molecular weight polymer soluble in water or brine. In some embodiments, the polymer is polyacrylamide (PAM), partially hydrolyzed polyacrylamides (HP AM), and copolymers of 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonic acid or sodium salt or mixtures thereof, and polyacrylamide (PAM) commonly referred to as AMPS copolymer and mixtures of the copolymers thereof. In one embodiment, the viscosity enhancing water-soluble polymer is polyacrylamide or a co-polymer of polyacrylamide. In one embodiment, the viscosity enhancing water-soluble polymer is a partially (e.g. 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%) hydrolyzed anionic polyacrylamide. Molecular weights of the polymers may range from about 10,000 Daltons to about 20,000,000 Daltons. In some embodiments, the viscosity enhancing water-soluble polymer is used in the range of about 100 to about 5000 ppm concentration, such as from about 1000 to 2000 ppm (e.g., in order to match or exceed the reservoir oil viscosity under the reservoir conditions of temperature and pressure). The polymer can be a powder polymer, a liquid polymer, or an emulsion polymer.
Some examples of polymers are discussed in the following: US Patent No. 9,909,053 (Docket No. T-9845A), US Patent No. 9,896,617 (Docket No. T-9845B), US Patent No. 9,902,894 (Docket No. T-9845C), US Patent No. 9,902,895 (Docket No. T-9846), U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0158947, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0158948, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0155505, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. More examples of polymers may be found in Dwarakanath et ah, “Permeability Reduction Due to use of Liquid Polymers and Development of Remediation Options,” SPE 179657, SPE IOR Symposium in Tulsa, 2016, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
In some embodiments, the injection compositions can further include a co-solvent. Suitable co-solvents include alcohols, such as lower carbon chain alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol, ethanol, n-propyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, n-amyl alcohol, sec-amyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, sec-hexyl alcohol and the like; alcohol ethers, polyalkylene alcohol ethers, polyalkylene glycols, poly(oxyalkylene)glycols, poly(oxyalkylene)glycol ethers, ethoxylated phenol, or any other common organic co-solvent or combinations of any two or more co-solvents. In one embodiment, the co-solvent can comprise alkyl ethoxylate (C1-C6)- XEO X=l-30 -linear or branched. In some embodiments, the co-solvent can comprise ethylene glycol butyl ether (EGBE), diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (DGBE), triethylene glycol monobutyl ether (TEGBE), ethylene glycol dibutyl ether (EGDE), polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (mPEG), or any combination thereof.
The injection compositions provided herein may include more than one co-solvent. Thus, in embodiments, the injection composition includes a plurality of different co-solvents. Where the injection composition includes a plurality of different co-solvents, the different co-solvents can be distinguished by their chemical (structural) properties. For example, the injection composition may include a first co-solvent, a second co-solvent and a third co-solvent, wherein the first co-solvent is chemically different from the second and the third co-solvent, and the second co-solvent is chemically different from the third co-solvent. In embodiments, the plurality of different co-solvents includes at least two different alcohols (e.g., a C1-C6 alcohol and a C1-C4 alcohol). In embodiments, the aqueous composition includes a C1-C6 alcohol and a C1-C4 alcohol. In embodiments, the plurality of different co-solvents includes at least two different alkoxy alcohols (e.g., a C1-C6 alkoxy alcohol and a C1-C4 alkoxy alcohol). In embodiments, the injection composition includes a C1-C6 alkoxy alcohol and a C1-C4 alkoxy alcohol. In embodiments, the plurality of different co-solvents includes at least two co-solvents selected from the group consisting of alcohols, alkyl alkoxy alcohols and phenyl alkoxy alcohols. For example, the plurality of different co-solvents may include an alcohol and an alkyl alkoxy alcohol, an alcohol and a phenyl alkoxy alcohol, or an alcohol, an alkyl alkoxy alcohol and a phenyl alkoxy alcohol. The alkyl alkoxy alcohols or phenyl alkoxy alcohols provided herein have a hydrophobic portion (alkyl or aryl chain), a hydrophilic portion (e.g., an alcohol) and optionally an alkoxy (ethoxylate or propoxylate) portion. Thus, in embodiments, the co-solvent is an alcohol, alkoxy alcohol, glycol ether, glycol or glycerol. Suitable co-solvents are known in the art, and include, for example, co- surfactants described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0281327 which is hereby incorporated herein in its entirety.
The co-solvents can have a concentration within the injection composition of at least 0.01% by weight (e.g., at least 0.02% by weight, at least 0.03% by weight, at least 0.04% by weight, at least 0.05% by weight, at least 0.06% by weight, at least 0.07% by weight, at least 0.08% by weight, at least 0.09% by weight, at least 0.1% by weight, at least 0.15% by weight, at least 0.2% by weight, at least 0.25% by weight, at least 0.3% by weight, at least 0.35% by weight, at least 0.4% by weight, at least 0.45% by weight, at least 0.5% by weight, at least 0.55% by weight, at least 0.6% by weight, at least 0.65% by weight, at least 0.7% by weight, at least 0.75% by weight, at least 0.8% by weight, at least 0.85% by weight, at least 0.9% by weight, at least 0.95% by weight, at least 1% by weight, at least 1.25% by weight, at least 1.5% by weight, at least 1.75% by weight, at least 2% by weight, at least 2.5% by weight, at least 3% by weight, at least 3.5% by weight, at least 4% by weight, or at least 4.5% by weight), based on the total weight of the aqueous composition. In some embodiments, the co-solvents can have a concentration within the aqueous composition of 5% by weight or less (e.g., 4.5% by weight or less, 4% by weight or less, 3.5% by weight or less, 3% by weight or less, 2.5% by weight or less, 2% by weight or less, 1.75% by weight or less, 1.5% by weight or less, 1.25% by weight or less, 1% by weight or less, 0.95% by weight or less, 0.9% by weight or less, 0.85% by weight or less, 0.8% by weight or less, 0.75% by weight or less, 0.7% by weight or less, 0.65% by weight or less, 0.6% by weight or less, 0.55% by weight or less, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.45% by weight or less, 0.4% by weight or less, 0.35% by weight or less, 0.3% by weight or less, 0.25% by weight or less, 0.2% by weight or less, 0.15% by weight or less, 0.1% by weight or less, 0.09% by weight or less, 0.08% by weight or less, 0.07% by weight or less, 0.06% by weight or less, 0.05% by weight or less, 0.04% by weight or less, 0.03% by weight or less, or 0.02% by weight or less), based on the total weight of the injection composition.
The co-solvents can have a concentration within the injection composition ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the co-solvents can have a concentration within the injection composition of from 0.01% to 5% by weight (e.g., from 0.01% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.05% to 5% by weight, from 0.05% to 2.5% by weight, from 0.05% to 1% by weight, or from 0.05% to 0.5% by weight), based on the total weight of the injection composition.
Optionally, the injection composition can further comprise additional components for use in oil and gas operations, such as a polymer, a friction reducer, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a scale inhibitor, a mobility control agent, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a chelating agent, a proppant, a wettability alteration chemical, or any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the injection composition can further include a gas. For instance, the gas may be combined with the aqueous composition to reduce its mobility by decreasing the liquid flow in the pores of the solid material (e.g., rock). In some embodiments, the gas may be supercritical carbon dioxide, nitrogen, natural gas or mixtures of these and other gases. Methods of Use
Also provided are methods of using the polyanionic surfactants and mixtures of surfactants described herein in oil and gas operations. The oil and gas operation can comprise for example, an enhanced oil recovery (EOR) operation (e.g., an improved oil recovery (IOR) operation, a surfactant (S) flooding operation, an alkaline-surfactant (AS) flooding operation, a surfactant-polymer (SP) flooding operation, a alkaline-surfactant-polymer (ASP) flooding operation, a conformance control operation, or any combination thereof) a hydraulic fracturing operation, a wellbore clean-up operation, a stimulation operation, or any combination thereof. In certain examples, the surfactant compositions described herein can be used as an injection fluid, as a component of an injection fluid, as a hydraulic fracturing fluid, or as a component of a hydraulic fracturing fluid.
For example, provided herein methods of treating a subterranean formation that comprise introducing an aqueous fluid comprising water and a surfactant package through a wellbore into the subterranean formation. The surfactant package can comprise one or more polyanionic surfactants (or surfactant mixtures) described herein. The subterranean formation can be a subsea reservoir and/or subsurface reservoir.
In some embodiments, the compositions described herein can be used in treatment operations in an unconventional subterranean formation. For example, the aqueous compositions (injection compositions) described herein can be used as part of a completion and/or fracturing operation. Accordingly, methods of treating the subterranean formation can comprise a fracturing operation. For example, the method can comprise injecting the aqueous fluid into the subterranean formation through the wellbore at a sufficient pressure to create or extend at least one fracture in a rock matrix of the subterranean formation in fluid communication with the wellbore.
In certain embodiments, the fracturing operation can comprise combining a surfactant package described herein with one or more additional components to form an injection composition; and injecting the injection composition through a wellbore and into the unconventional subterranean formation at a sufficient pressure and at a sufficient rate to fracture the unconventional subterranean formation. In some embodiments, the wellbore is a hydraulic fracturing wellbore associated with a hydraulic fracturing well, for example, that may have a substantially vertical portion only, or a substantially vertical portion and a substantially horizontal portion below the substantially vertical portion. In some embodiments, the fracturing operation can be performed in a new well (e.g., a well that has not been previously fractured). In other embodiments, the injection composition can be used in a fracturing operation in an existing well (e.g., in a refracturing operation).
In some embodiments, the method can comprise performing a fracturing operation on a region of the unconventional subterranean formation proximate to a new wellbore. In some embodiments, the method can comprise performing a fracturing operation on a region of the unconventional subterranean formation proximate to an existing wellbore. In some embodiments, the method can comprise performing a refracturing operation on a previously fractured region of the unconventional subterranean formation proximate to a new wellbore. In some embodiments, the method can comprise performing a refracturing operation on a previously fractured region of the unconventional subterranean formation proximate to an existing wellbore. In some embodiments, the method can comprise performing a fracturing operation on a naturally fractured region of the unconventional subterranean formation proximate to a new wellbore (e.g., an infill well). In some embodiments, the method can comprise performing a fracturing operation on a naturally fractured region of the unconventional subterranean formation proximate to an existing wellbore.
In cases where the fracturing method comprises a refracturing method, the previously fractured region of the unconventional reservoir can have been fractured by any suitable type of fracturing operation. For example, the fracturing operation may include hydraulic fracturing, fracturing using electrodes such as described in U.S. Patent No. 9,890,627 (Attorney Dkt. No. T- 9622A), U.S. Patent No. 9,840,898 (Attorney Dkt. No. T-9622B), U.S. Patent Publication No. 2018/0202273 (Attorney Dkt. No. T-9622A-CIP), or fracturing with any other available equipment or methodology. In some embodiments, the fracturing operation can further comprise adding a tracer to the injection composition prior to introducing the injection composition through the wellbore into the unconventional subterranean formation; recovering the tracer from the fluids produced from the unconventional subterranean formation through the wellbore, fluids recovered from a different wellbore in fluid communication with the unconventional subterranean formation, or any combination thereof; and comparing the quantity of tracer recovered from the fluids produced to the quantity of tracer introduced to the injection composition. The tracer can comprise a proppant tracer, an oil tracer, a water tracer, or any combination thereof. Example tracers are known in the art, and described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 9,914,872 and Ashish Kumar et ah, Diagnosing Fracture-Wellbore Connectivity Using Chemical Tracer Flowback Data, URTeC 2902023, July 23-25, 2018, page 1-10, Texas, USA.
The injection composition can be used at varying points throughout a fracturing operation. For example, the injection compositions described herein can be used as an injection fluid during the first, middle or last part of the fracturing process, or throughout the entire fracturing process. In some embodiments, the fracturing process can include a plurality of stages and/or sub-stages. For example, the fracturing process can involve sequential injection of fluids in different stages, with each of the stages employing a different aqueous-based injection fluid system (e.g., with varying properties such as viscosity, chemical composition, etc.). Example fracturing processes of this type are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2009/0044945 and 2015/0083420, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirely.
In these embodiments, the injection compositions described herein can be used as an injection fluid (optionally with additional components) during any or all of the stages and/or sub stages. Stages and/or sub-stages can employ a wide variety of aqueous-based injection fluid systems, including linear gels, crosslinked gels, and friction-reduced water. Linear gel fracturing fluids are formulated with a wide array of different polymers in an aqueous base. Polymers that are commonly used to formulate these linear gels include guar, hydroxypropyl guar (HPG), carboxymethyl HPG (CMHPG), and hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC). Crosslinked gel fracturing fluids utilize, for example, borate ions to crosslink the hydrated polymers and provide increased viscosity. The polymers most often used in these fluids are guar and HPG. The crosslink obtained by using borate is reversible and is triggered by altering the pH of the fluid system. The reversible characteristic of the crosslink in borate fluids helps them clean up more effectively, resulting in good regained permeability and conductivity. The surfactant packages described herein can be added to any of these aqueous-based injection fluid systems.
In some embodiments, the surfactant packages described herein can be combined with one or more additional components in a continuous process to form the injection compositions described herein (which is subsequently injected). In other embodiments, the surfactant package can be intermittently added to one or more additional components, thereby providing the injections compositions only during desired portions of the treatment operation (e.g., during one or more phases or stages of a fracturing operation). For example, the surfactant package could be added when injecting slickwater, when injecting fracturing fluid with proppant, during an acid wash, or during any combination thereof. In a specific embodiment, the surfactant package is continuously added to the one or more additional components after acid injection until completion of hydraulic fracturing and completion fluid flow-back. When intermittently dosed, the surfactant package can be added to the one or more additional components once an hour, once every 2 hours, once every 4 hours, once every 5 hours, once every 6 hours, twice a day, once a day, or once every other day, for example. In some embodiments when used in a fracturing operation, the injection composition can have a total surfactant concentration of from 0.01% to 1% by weight, based on the total weight of the injection composition.
In some embodiments, the injection compositions described herein can be used as part of a reservoir stimulation operation. In such operations, the fluid can be injected to alter the wettability of existing fractures within the formation (without further fracturing the formation significantly by either forming new fractures within the formation and/or extending the existing fractures within the formation). In such stimulation operations, no proppant is used, and fluid injection generally occurs at a lower pressure.
In some cases, the existing fractures can be naturally occurring fractures present within a formation. For example, in some embodiments, the formation can comprise naturally fractured carbonate or naturally fractured sandstone. The presence or absence of naturally occurring fractures within a subterranean formation can be assessed using standard methods known in the art, including seismic surveys, geology, outcrops, cores, logging, reservoir characterization including preparing grids, etc.
In some embodiments, methods for stimulating a subterranean formation with a fluid can comprise introducing an aqueous composition (injection composition) as described herein through a wellbore into the subterranean formation; allowing the injection composition to imbibe into a rock matrix of the subterranean formation for a period of time; and producing fluids from the subterranean formation through the wellbore. The injection fluid can comprise a surfactant package and one or more additional components as described herein. In these methods, the same wellbore can be used for both introducing the injection composition and producing fluids from the subterranean formation., the same wellbore can be used. In some embodiments, introduction of the injection composition can increase the production of hydrocarbons from the same wellbore, from a different wellbore in fluid communication with the subterranean formation, or any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the stimulation operation can further comprise preparing the injection composition. For example, in some embodiments, the stimulation operation can further comprise combining a surfactant package described herein with one or more additional components to form an injection composition.
In some embodiments when used in a stimulation operation, the injection composition can have a total surfactant concentration of from 0.2% to 5% by weight, based on the total weight of the injection composition.
In some embodiments, introducing an injection composition as described herein through a wellbore into the subterranean formation can comprise injecting the injection composition through the wellbore and into the subterranean formation at a sufficient pressure and at a sufficient rate to stimulate hydrocarbon production from naturally occurring fractures in the subterranean formation.
The injection composition as described herein can be allowed to contact the rock matrix (e.g., to imbibe into the rock matrix) of the subterranean formation for varying periods of time depending on the nature of the rock matrix. The imbibing can occur during the introducing step, between the introducing and producing step, or any combination thereof. In some examples, the injection composition can be allowed to imbibe into the rock matrix of the subterranean formation for at least one day (e.g., at least two days, at least three days, at least four days, at least five days, at least six days, at least one week, at least two weeks, at least three weeks, at least one month, at least two months, at least three months, at least four months, or at least five months). In some examples, the injection composition can be allowed to imbibe into the rock matrix of the subterranean formation for six months or less (e.g., five months or less, four months or less, three months or less, two months or less, one month or less, three weeks or less, two weeks or less, one week or less, six days or less, five days or less, four days or less, three days or less, or two days or less).
In some embodiments, the wellbore used in the stimulation operation may have a substantially vertical portion only, or a substantially vertical portion and a substantially horizontal portion below the substantially vertical portion. In some embodiments, the stimulation methods described herein can comprise stimulating a naturally fractured region of the subterranean formation proximate to a new wellbore (e.g., an infill well). In some embodiments, the stimulation methods described herein can comprise stimulating a naturally fractured region of the subterranean formation proximate to an existing wellbore.
In some embodiments, the stimulation methods described herein can comprise stimulating a previously fractured or previously refractured region of the subterranean formation proximate to a new wellbore (e.g., an infill well). In some embodiments, the stimulation methods described herein can comprise stimulating a previously fractured or previously refractured region of the subterranean formation proximate to an existing wellbore.
The previous refracturing operation may include hydraulic fracturing, fracturing using electrodes such as described in U.S. Patent No. 9,890,627 (Attorney Dkt. No. T-9622A), U.S. Patent No. 9,840,898 (Attorney Dkt. No. T-9622B), U.S. Patent Publication No. 2018/0202273 (Attorney Dkt. No. T-9622A-CIP), or refracturing with any other available equipment or methodology. In some embodiments, after a formation that has fractures, such as naturally occurring factures, fractures from a fracture operation, fractures from a refracturing operation, or any combination thereof, the fractured formation may be stimulated. For example, a formation may be stimulated after a sufficient amount of time has passed since the fracturing operation with electrodes or refracturing operation with electrodes occurred in that formation so that the electrical pulses utilized to fracture or refracture that formation do not substantially affect the injection composition.
In some embodiments, the stimulation operation can further comprise adding a tracer to the injection composition prior to introducing the low particle size injection fluid through the wellbore into the subterranean formation; recovering the tracer from the fluids produced from the subterranean formation through the wellbore, fluids recovered from a different wellbore in fluid communication with the subterranean formation, or any combination thereof; and comparing the quantity of tracer recovered from the fluids produced to the quantity of tracer introduced to the injection composition. The tracer can be any suitable tracer, such as a water tracer or an oil tracer.
In some embodiments, the subterranean formation can have a permeability of from 26 millidarcy to 40,000 millidarcy. In some embodiments, the methods of treating the subterranean formation can comprise an EOR operation. For example, the wellbore can comprise an injection wellbore, and the method can comprise a method for hydrocarbon recovery that comprises (a) injecting the aqueous fluid (a surfactant composition) through the injection wellbore into the subterranean formation; and (b) producing fluids from a production wellbore spaced apart from the injection wellbore a predetermined distance and in fluid communication with the subterranean formation. The injection of the aqueous fluid can increase the flow of hydrocarbons to the production wellbore.
Also provided are methods of displacing a hydrocarbon material in contact with a solid material. These methods can include contacting a hydrocarbon material with a surfactant composition (injection composition) described herein, wherein the hydrocarbon material is in contact with a solid material. The hydrocarbon material is allowed to separate from the solid material thereby displacing the hydrocarbon material in contact with the solid material. In some embodiments, the surfactant composition can comprise a borate-acid buffer.
In other embodiments, the hydrocarbon material is unrefined petroleum (e.g., in a petroleum reservoir). In some further embodiments, the unrefined petroleum is a light oil. A "light oil" as provided herein is an unrefined petroleum with an API gravity greater than 30. In some embodiments, the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 30. In other embodiments, the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 40. In some embodiments, the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 50. In other embodiments, the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 60. In some embodiments, the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 70. In other embodiments, the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 80. In some embodiments, the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 90. In other embodiments, the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is greater than 100. In some other embodiments, the API gravity of the unrefined petroleum is between 30 and 100.
In other embodiments, the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having an FhS concentration of at least 0.5%, a CO2 concentration of 0.3%, or any combination thereof.
In some embodiments, the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having an FhS concentration of at least 0.5% (e.g., at least 1%, at least 1.5%, at least 2%, at least 2.5%, at least 3%, at least 3.5%, at least 4%, or at least 4.5%). In some embodiments, the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having an FES concentration of 5% or less (4.5% or less, 4% or less, 3.5% or less, 3% or less, 2.5% or less, 2% or less, 1.5% or less, or 1% or less).
The hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having an FES concentration ranging from any of the minimum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having an FES concentration of from 0.5% to 5% (e.g., from 0.5% to 2.5% %, from 1% to 2%, from 0.5% to 1%, from 1% to 2.5%, or from 2% to 2.5%).
In some embodiments, the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having a CO2 concentration of at least 0.3% (e.g., at least 0.5%, at least 1%, at least 1.5%, at least 2%, at least 2.5%, at least 3%, at least 3.5%, at least 4%, or at least 4.5%). In some embodiments, the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having a CO2 concentration of 5% or less (4.5% or less, 4% or less, 3.5% or less, 3% or less, 2.5% or less, 2% or less, 1.5% or less, 1% or less, or 0.5% or less).
The hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having a CO2 concentration ranging from any of the minimum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the hydrocarbons or unrefined petroleum can comprise crude having a CO2 concentration of from 0.3% to 5% (e.g., from 0.3% to 2.5%, from 0.5% to 5%, from 1% to 5%, from 0.5% to 2.5%, from 1% to 2%, from 0.5% to 1%, from 1% to 2.5%, from 3% to 5%, or from 2% to 5%).
The solid material may be a natural solid material (i.e., a solid found in nature such as rock). The natural solid material may be found in a petroleum reservoir. In some embodiments, the method is an enhanced oil recovery method. Enhanced oil recovery methods are well known in the art. A general treatise on enhanced oil recovery methods is Basic Concepts in Enhanced Oil Recovery Processes edited by M. Baviere (published for SCI by Elsevier Applied Science, London and New York, 1991). For example, in an enhanced oil recovery method, the displacing of the unrefined petroleum in contact with the solid material is accomplished by contacting the unrefined with a surfactant composition provided herein, wherein the unrefined petroleum is in contact with the solid material. The unrefined petroleum may be in an oil reservoir. The composition can be pumped into the reservoir in accordance with known enhanced oil recovery parameters. Upon contacting the unrefined petroleum, the aqueous composition can form an emulsion composition with the unrefined petroleum.
In some embodiments, the natural solid material can be rock or regolith. The natural solid material can be a geological formation such as elastics or carbonates. The natural solid material can be either consolidated or unconsolidated material or mixtures thereof. The hydrocarbon material may be trapped or confined by "bedrock" above or below the natural solid material. The hydrocarbon material may be found in fractured bedrock or porous natural solid material. In other embodiments, the regolith is soil. In other embodiments, the solid material can be, for example, oil sand or tar sands.
In other embodiments, the solid material can comprise equipment associated with an oil and gas operation. For example, the solid material can comprise surface processing equipment, downhole equipment, pipelines and associated equipment, pumps, and other equipment which contacts hydrocarbons during the course of an oil and gas operation.
Surfactant packages as described herein (as well as the resulting surfactant compositions) can be optimized for each formation and/or for the desired oil and gas operation. For example, a surfactant package can be tested at a specific reservoir temperature and salinity, and with specific additional components. Actual native reservoir fluids may also be used to test the compositions.
In some embodiments, the subterranean formation can have a temperature of at least 75 °F (e.g., at least 80 °F, at least 85 °F, at least 90 °F, at least 95 °F, at least 100 °, at least 105 °F, at least 110 °F, at least 115 °F, at least 120 °F, at least 125 °F, at least 130 °F, at least 135 °F, at least 140 °F, at least 145 °F, at least 150 °F, at least 155 °F, at least 160 °F, at least 165 °F, at least 170 °F, at least 175 °F, at least 180 °F, at least 190 °F, at least 200 °F, at least 205 °F, at least 210 °F, at least 215 °F, at least 220 °F, at least 225 °F, at least 230 °F, at least 235 °F, at least 240 °F, at least 245 °F, at least 250 °F, at least 255 °F, at least 260 °F, at least 265 °F, at least 270 °F, at least 275 °F, at least 280 °F, at least 285 °F, at least 290 °F, at least 295 °F, at least 300 °F, at least 305 °F, at least 310 °F, at least 315 °F, at least 320 °F, at least 325 °F, at least 330 °F, at least 335 °F, at least 340 °F, or at least 345 °F). In some embodiments, the subterranean formation can have a temperature of 350 °F or less (e.g., 345 °F or less, 340 °F or less, 335 °F or less, 330 °F or less, 325 °F or less, 320 °F or less, 315 °F or less, 310 °F or less, 305 °F or less, 300 °F or less, 295 °F or less, 290 °F or less, 285 °F or less, 280 °F or less, 275 °F or less, 270 °F or less, 265 °F or less, 260 °F or less, 255 °F or less, 250 °F or less, 245 °F or less, 240 °F or less, 235 °F or less, 230 °F or less, 225 °F or less, 220 °F or less, 215 °F or less, 210 °F or less, 205 °F or less, 200 °F or less, 195 °F or less, 190 °F or less, 185 °F or less, 180 °F or less, 175 °F or less, 170 °F or less, 165 °F or less, 160 °F or less, 155 °F or less, 150 °F or less, 145 °F or less, 140 °F or less, 135 °F or less, 130 °F or less, 125 °F or less, 120 °F or less,
115 °F or less, 110 °F or less, 105 °F or less, 100 °F or less, 95 °F or less, 90 °F or less, 85 °F or less, or 80 °F or less).
The subterranean formation can have a temperature ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the subterranean formation can have a temperature of from 75 °F to 350 °F (approximately 24 °C to 176 °C), from 150 °F to 250 °F (approximately 66 °C to 121 °C), from 110 °F to 350 °F (approximately 43 °C to 176 °C), from 110 °F to 150 °F (approximately 43 °C to 66 °C), from 150 °F to 200 °F (approximately 66 °C to 93 °C), from 200 °F to 250 °F (approximately 93 °C to 121 °C), from 250 °F to 300 °F (approximately 121 °C to 149 °C), from 300 °F to 350 °F (approximately 149 °C to 176 °C), from 110 °F to 240 °F (approximately 43 °C to 116 °C), or from 240 °F to 350 °F (approximately 116 °C to 176 °C).
In some embodiments, the salinity of subterranean formation can be at least 5,000 ppm TDS (e.g., at least 25,000 ppm TDS, at least 50,000 ppm TDS, at least 75,000 ppm TDS, at least 100,000 ppm TDS, at least 125,000 ppm TDS, at least 150,000 ppm TDS, at least 175,000 ppm TDS, at least 200,000 ppm TDS, at least 225,000 ppm TDS, at least 250,000 ppm TDS, or at least 275,000 ppm TDS). In some embodiments, the salinity of subterranean formation can be 300,000 ppm TDS or less (e.g., 275,000 ppm TDS or less, 250,000 ppm TDS or less, 225,000 ppm TDS or less, 200,000 ppm TDS or less, 175,000 ppm TDS or less, 150,000 ppm TDS or less, 125,000 ppm TDS or less, 100,000 ppm TDS or less, 75,000 ppm TDS or less, 50,000 ppm TDS or less, or 25,000 ppm TDS or less).
The salinity of subterranean formation can range from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the salinity of subterranean formation can be from 5,000 ppm TDS to 300,000 ppm TDS (e.g., from 100,000 ppm to 300,000 ppm TDS, from 200,000 ppm to 300,000 ppm TDS, from 100,000 ppm to 200,000 ppm TDS, from 10,000 ppm to 100,000 ppm TDS, from 10,000 ppm to 200,000 ppm TDS, from 10,000 ppm to 300,000 ppm TDS, from 5,000 ppm to 100,000 ppm TDS, from 5,000 ppm to 200,000 ppm TDS, from 5,000 ppm to 10,000 ppm TDS, or from 5,000 ppm to 50,000 ppm TDS).
In some embodiments, the subterranean formation can be oil-wet. In some embodiments, the subterranean formation can be water-wet. In some embodiments, the subterranean formation can be mixed-wet. In some embodiments, the subterranean formation can be intermediate-wet.
In some embodiments, the injection composition described herein can be introduced at a wellhead pressure of at least 0 PSI (e.g., at least 1,000 PSI, at least 2,000 PSI, at least 3,000 PSI, at least 4,000 PSI, at least 5,000 PSI, at least 6,000 PSI, at least 7,000 PSI, at least 8,000 PSI, at least 9,000 PSI, at least 10,000 PSI, at least 15,000 PSI, at least 20,000 PSI, or at least 25,000 PSI). In some embodiments, the injection composition can be introduced at a wellhead pressure of 30,000 PSI or less (e.g., 25,000 PSI or less, 20,000 PSI or less, 15,000 PSI or less, 10,000 PSI or less, 9,000 PSI or less, 8,000 PSI or less, 7,000 PSI or less, 6,000 PSI or less, 5,000 PSI or less, 4,000 PSI or less, 3,000 PSI or less, 2,000 PSI or less, or 1,000 PSI or less).
The injection composition (surfactant composition) described herein can be introduced at a wellhead pressure ranging from any of the minimum values described above to any of the maximum values described above. For example, in some embodiments, the injection composition can be introduced at a wellhead pressure of from 0 PSI to 30,000 PSI (e.g., from 6,000 PSI to 30,000 PSI, from 0 PSI to 10, 000 PSI, from 0 PSI to 5,000 PSI, or from 5,000 PSI to 10,000 PSI). In some embodiments, the injection composition can be used in a reservoir stimulation operation, and the injection composition can be introduced at a wellhead pressure of from 0 PSI to 1,000 PSI.
In some embodiments, there is no need to drill the wellbore. In some embodiments, the wellbore has been drilled and completed, and hydrocarbon production has occurred from the wellbore. In other embodiments, methods described herein can optionally include one or more of drilling the wellbore, completing the wellbore, and producing hydrocarbons from the wellbore (prior to injection of the surfactant composition).
Example Embodiments
Embodiment 1 : A surfactant defined by Formula I below
R1-(CH2)-(AO)-HG
Formula I or a salt thereof, wherein
HG represents a head group comprising from 1-3 carboxylate moieties;
R1 represents a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy; n is an integer from 1 to 8;
AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; and w is an integer from 1 to 110.
Embodiment 2: The surfactant of embodiment 1, wherein AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group or a propoxy group.
Embodiment 3: The surfactant of any of embodiments 1-2, wherein w is an integer from 20 to 110, such as from 30 to 110, from 40 to 110, from 50 to 110, or from 60 to 110.
Embodiment 4: The surfactant of any of embodiments 1-3, wherein e is defined by the formula below
Figure imgf000078_0001
wherein w and n are as defined above in Formula I; and q is an integer equal to the number of carbon atoms in R1; and wherein e is from 0.5 to 6, such as from 1 to 6, from 1.5 to 5, from 2 to 4.5, or from 2 to 4.
Embodiment 5: The surfactant of any of embodiments 1-4, wherein the head group is defined by the formula below
Figure imgf000078_0002
or a salt thereof, where m is an integer from 1 to 6.
Embodiment 6: The surfactant of any of embodiments 1-4, wherein the head group is defined by the formula below
Figure imgf000079_0001
or a salt thereof, where p is an integer from 1 to 5.
Embodiment 7: The surfactant of any of embodiments 1-6, wherein the surfactant is defined by Formula IA below
R1-(CH2)-(BO)r(PO)-(EO)-HG Formula I A or a salt thereof, wherein
HG represents a head group comprising from 1-3 carboxylate moieties; n is an integer from 1 to 8;
R1 represents a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy;
BO represents a butyl eneoxy group;
PO represents a propyleneoxy group;
EO represents an ethyleneoxy group; x is an integer from 1 to 65; y is an integer from 0 to 65; and z is an integer from 0 to 45.
Embodiment 8: The surfactant of embodiment 7, wherein z is 0.
Embodiment 9: The surfactant of any of embodiments 7-8, wherein x is from 5 to 50, such as from 10 to 50, from 20 to 45, from 25 to 45, or from 25 to 40. Embodiment 10: The surfactant of any of embodiments 7-9, wherein y is from 5 to 45, such as from 10 to 40, from 15 to 40, from 15 to 30, or from 15 to 25.
Embodiment 11 : The surfactant of any of embodiments 7-10, wherein the ratio of x:(y+z) is from 0.5:1 to 2:1. Embodiment 12: The surfactant of any of embodiments 7-10, wherein y is 0 and z is 0.
Embodiment 13: The surfactant of any of embodiments 1-12, where R1 comprises one of the following
Figure imgf000080_0001
or a salt thereof, wherein a is an integer from 0 to 32; and b is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of a and b is from 4 to 32. Embodiment 14: A surfactant mixture comprising:
(a) a first surfactant defined by Formula II or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000080_0002
and
(b) a second surfactant defined by Formula III or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000080_0003
wherein one of D1 and D2 is a sulfonate group and one of D1 and D2 is hydrogen; one of E1 and E2 is a sulfonate group and one of E1 and E2 is hydroxy; e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32;
AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and p is an integer from 1 to 5.
Embodiment 15: The mixture of embodiment 14, wherein the first surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture; and the second surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
Embodiment 16: The mixture of any of embodiments 14-15, wherein the surfactant mixture further comprises
(c) a third surfactant defined by Formula IV or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000081_0001
Formula IV and
(d) a fourth surfactant defined by Formula V or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000081_0002
Formula V wherein one of D1 and D2 is a sulfonate group and one of D1 and D2 is hydrogen; one of E1 and E2 is a sulfonate group and one of E1 and E2 is hydroxy; e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32; AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and m is an integer from 1 to 6.
Embodiment 17: The mixture of embodiment 16, wherein the third surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture; and the fourth surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
Embodiment 18: The mixture of any of embodiments 14-17, wherein the surfactant mixture further comprises a fifth surfactant defined by Formula VI or a salt thereof
Figure imgf000082_0001
Formula VI wherein e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32;
AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and p is an integer from 1 to 5.
Embodiment 19: The mixture of embodiment 18, wherein the fifth surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
Embodiment 20: The mixture of any of embodiments 14-19, wherein AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group or a propoxy group.
Embodiment 21: The mixture of any of embodiments 14-20, wherein w is, individually for each occurrence, an integer from 20 to 110, such as from 30 to 110, from 40 to 110, from 50 to 110, or from 60 to 110. Embodiment 22: The mixture of any of embodiments 14-21, wherein the sum of e and f is from 8 to 22.
Embodiment 23: An aqueous composition comprising water and a surfactant defined by any of embodiments 1-13.
Embodiment 24: The composition of embodiment 20, wherein the composition comprises a surfactant mixture defined by any of embodiments 14-22.
Embodiment 25: The composition of any of embodiments 23-24, wherein the composition further comprises one or more co-surfactants.
Embodiment 26: The composition of embodiment 25, wherein the one or more co surfactants comprise an anionic surfactant.
Embodiment 27: The composition of embodiment 26, wherein the anionic surfactant comprises a sulfonate, a disulfonate, a sulfate, a disulfate, a sulfosuccinate, a disulfosuccinate, a carboxylate, a di carboxyl ate, or any combination thereof.
Embodiment 28: The composition of any one of embodiments 26-27, wherein the anionic surfactant comprises one of the following: a branched or unbranched C6-C32:PO(0-65):EO(0-100)-carboxylate; a C8-C30 alkyl benzene sulfonate (ABS); a sulfosuccinate surfactant; a surfactant defined by the formula below
R1 — R2 — R3 wherein
R1 comprises a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-32 carbon atoms and an oxygen atom linking R1 and R2;
R2 comprises an alkoxylated chain comprising at least one oxide group selected from the group consisting of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide, and any combination thereof; and
R3 comprises a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon chain comprising 2-12 carbon atoms and from 2 to 5 carboxylate groups; a surfactant defined by the formula below
Figure imgf000084_0001
wherein
R4 is, individually for each occurrence, a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-32 carbon atoms; and
M represents a counterion; or any combination thereof.
Embodiment 29: The composition of any one of embodiments 25-28, wherein the one or more co-surfactants comprise a non-ionic surfactant.
Embodiment 30: The composition of embodiment 29, wherein the non-ionic surfactant comprises a branched or unbranched C6-C32:PO(0-65):EO(0-100), such as a branched or unbranched C6-C30:PO(30-40):EO(25-35), a branched or unbranched C6-C12:PO(30- 40):EO(25-35), or a branched or unbranched C6-C30:EO(8-30).
Embodiment 31: The composition of any one of embodiments 25-30, wherein the one or more co-surfactants comprise a cationic surfactant.
Embodiment 32: The composition of any one of embodiments 25-31, wherein the one or more co-surfactants comprise a zwitterionic surfactant.
Embodiment 33: The composition of any one of embodiments 23-32, wherein the water comprises sea water, brackish water, fresh water, flowback or produced water, wastewater, river water, lake or pond water, aquifer water, brine, or any combination thereof.
Embodiment 34: The composition of any one of embodiments 23-33, wherein the water comprises hard water or hard brine.
Embodiment 35: The composition of any one of embodiments 23-34, wherein the composition further comprises a co-solvent, a polymer, a friction reducer, a gelling agent, a crosslinker, a breaker, a pH adjusting agent, a non-emulsifier agent, an iron control agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a scale inhibitor, a biocide, a clay stabilizing agent, a chelating agent, a proppant, a wettability alteration chemical, mobility control agent, or any combination thereof.
Embodiment 36: A method for treating a subterranean formation, the method comprising introducing an aqueous fluid comprising water and a surfactant defined by any of embodiments 1-13 through a wellbore into the subterranean formation. Embodiment 37: The method of embodiment 36, wherein the composition comprises a surfactant mixture defined by any of embodiments 14-22.
Embodiment 38: The method of any of embodiments 36-37, wherein the aqueous fluid comprises a composition defined by any of embodiments 23-35.
Embodiment 39: The method of any one of embodiments 36-38, wherein the subterranean formation comprises an unconventional subterranean formation.
Embodiment 40: The method of embodiment 39, wherein the unconventional subterranean formation has a permeability of less than 25 mD, such as a permeability of from 25 mD to 1.0 x 106 mD, from 10 mD to 1.0 x 106 mD, or from 10 to 0.1 millidarcy (mD).
Embodiment 41: The method of any of embodiments 36-40, wherein the method comprises a method for stimulating the subterranean formation that comprises:
(a) injecting the aqueous fluid through the wellbore into the subterranean formation;
(b) allowing the aqueous fluid to imbibe into a rock matrix of the subterranean formation for a period of time; and
(c) producing fluids from the subterranean formation through the wellbore.
Embodiment 42: The method of embodiment 41, wherein the method further comprises ceasing introduction of the aqueous fluid through the wellbore into the subterranean formation before allowing step (b).
Embodiment 43: The method of any one of embodiments 41-42, wherein the period of time is from one day to six months, such as from two weeks to one month.
Embodiment 44: The method of any of embodiments 41-43, wherein the wellbore has a pressure that is from 20% to 70% of the original reservoir pressure.
Embodiment 45: The method of any one of embodiments 41-44, wherein step (a) comprises injecting the aqueous fluid at a pressure and flowrate effective to increase the wellbore pressure by at least 30%, such as by at least 100% or by at least 200%.
Embodiment 46: The method of any one of embodiments 41-45, wherein step (a) comprises injecting the aqueous fluid at a pressure and flowrate effective to increase the wellbore pressure to from greater than the original reservoir pressure to 150% of the original reservoir pressure. Embodiment 47: The method of any one of embodiments 41-46, wherein step (a) comprises injecting the aqueous fluid at a pressure and flowrate effective to increase the wellbore pressure to within 15% of original reservoir fracture pressure.
Embodiment 48: The method of any one of embodiments 41-47, wherein the injection of the aqueous fluid increases a relative permeability in a region of the subterranean formation proximate to the wellbore.
Embodiment 49: The method of any one of embodiments 41-48, wherein the injection of the aqueous fluid releases hydrocarbons from pores in a rock matrix in a region of the subterranean formation proximate to the existing wellbore.
Embodiment 50: The method of any one of embodiments 41-49, wherein the fluids comprise a hydrocarbon.
Embodiment 51: The method of embodiment 50, wherein injection of the aqueous fluid into the subterranean formation results in increased hydrocarbon recovery from the wellbore as compared to an expected level of hydrocarbon recovery projected from a decline curve fit to production history of the wellbore.
Embodiment 52: The method of embodiment 51, wherein the decline curve is fit to production history of the existing wellbore using Arp’s Equation.
Embodiment 53: The method of any one of embodiments 41-52, wherein the method remediates near wellbore damage.
Embodiment 54: The method of any one of embodiments 41-53, wherein the aqueous fluid is substantially free of proppant.
Embodiment 55: The method of any of embodiments 36-40, wherein the method comprises a method for fracturing the subterranean formation that comprises:
(a) injecting the aqueous fluid into the subterranean formation through the wellbore at a sufficient pressure to create or extend at least one fracture in a rock matrix of the subterranean formation in fluid communication with the wellbore.
Embodiment 56: The method of embodiment 55, wherein the aqueous fluid further comprises a proppant.
Embodiment 57: The method of any one of embodiments 55-56, wherein the method further comprises producing fluids from the subterranean formation through the wellbore. Embodiment 58: The method of any of embodiments 36-38, wherein the subterranean formation has a permeability of from 26 millidarcy to 40,000 millidarcy.
Embodiment 59: The method of embodiment 58, wherein the wellbore comprises an injection wellbore, and wherein the method comprises a method for hydrocarbon recovery that comprises:
(a) injecting the aqueous fluid through the injection wellbore into the subterranean formation; and
(b) producing fluids from a production wellbore spaced apart from the injection wellbore a predetermined distance and in fluid communication with the subterranean formation; wherein injection of the aqueous fluid increases a flow of hydrocarbons to the production wellbore.
Embodiment 60: The method of embodiment 59, wherein the method comprises an enhanced oil recovery (EOR) operation.
Embodiment 61 : The method of embodiment 60, wherein the EOR operation includes a surfactant flooding operation, an AS flooding operation, a SP flooding operation, an ASP flooding operation, or any combination thereof.
Embodiment 62: The method of any one of embodiments 36-61, wherein the aqueous fluid is a single-phase fluid.
Embodiment 63: The method of any one of embodiments 36-61, wherein the aqueous fluid comprises a foam.
Embodiment 64: A method of making a polyanionic surfactant, the method comprising: alkoxylating an unsaturated alcohol having from 8 to 36 carbons to form an alkyleneoxy- tipped unsaturated alcohol; reacting the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol to form an unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate; and sulfonating the unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate to form the polyanionic surfactant.
Embodiment 65: The method of embodiment 64, wherein reacting the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol comprises oxidizing the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol to form the unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate. Embodiment 66: The method of embodiment 64, wherein reacting the alkyleneoxy -tipped unsaturated alcohol comprises carboxyalkylation of the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol to form the unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate.
Embodiment 67: The method of any of embodiments 64-66, wherein the polyanionic surfactant comprises a surfactant defined by any of embodiments 1-13.
Embodiment 68: The method of any of embodiments 64-67, wherein the method generates a surfactant mixture defined by any of embodiments 14-22.
A number of embodiments of the disclosure have been described. Nevertheless, it will be understood that various modifications may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, other embodiments are within the scope of the following claims.
EXAMPLES
By way of non-limiting illustration, examples of certain embodiments of the present disclosure are given below.
Example 1: Preparation of Example Polyanionic Surfactants using Oleic Acid as a Model
Synthetic Procedure: 10 g of oleic acid and 8.66 g chlorosulfonic acid were mixed with a 1:2.1 ratio. Oleic acid was kept in an ice bath (<0 °C) for half an hour. Then chlorosulfonic acid was added slowly. Then the reaction mixture was warmed to 50°C for approximately 2 hours while stirring. 14 g of product were collected. The conversion was confirmed using HPLC and NMR. After basic work up using base and water to obtain the surfactant, phase behavior and aqueous stability tests were run for evaluation. FIG. 4 illustrates a synthetic scheme for the generation of oleic acid sulfonate mixture.
Phase Behavior and Aqueous Stability: The phase behavior was assayed to study the behavior of the surfactant formulation at reservoir temperature. Formulation 1 (1 wt% C28- 35PO-30EO -AEC, 0.5 wt% CS 1300, 0.7 wt% oleic acid Sulfonate mixture, 0.5 wt% C16-18- 25EO) and formulation 2 (1 wt% C28-35PO-30EO -AEC, 1 wt% oleic acid sulfonate mixture, 1 wt% C16-18-25EO) were prepared and the phase behavior and aqueous stability was tested.
Results: After a few days a middle-phase microemulsion formed which showed an ultra- low interfacial tension with both the excess aqueous and oil phases.
The phase behavior results for formulation 1 at 110°C after 15 days are shown in FIG. 6. The aqueous stability for formulation 1 was 68,000 ppm TDS with solubilization parameter (sp) of 8.5 at optimum salinity (S*) of 68,000 ppm TDS. Calculated interfacial tension at S* for formulation 1 is 4xl03 dynes/cm. The phase behavior results for formulation 2 at 110°C after 6 days are shown in FIG. 7. The aqueous stability for formulation 2 was 32,000 ppm TDS with S* of 30,000 ppm TDS and SP of 8. Calculated interfacial tension at optimum salinity for formulation 2 is 4.6xl03 dynes/cm.
Table 1 below summarizes the results for the aqueous stability, optimum salinity, and solubilization parameter (SP) for formulation 1 and formulation 2.
Table 1.
Figure imgf000089_0001
Example 2: Preparation of Example Polyanionic Surfactants
Synthetic Procedure: FIG. 5 illustrates the synthetic scheme for the generation of an oleyl 20EO-carboxylate sulfonate mixture. Briefly, 100 g of oleyl 20EO was added to a reaction flask and heated to 110°C. 30 ml of sodium methoxide (0.46 mol% active) was added and vacuum was applied to remove CEEOH. The reaction was heated for 4 hours. Then, the temperature was lowered to 90°C and 20 g of sodium chloroacetate were added. The reaction was run overnight under argon to generate oleyl 20EO-carboxylate. HPLC was run to confirm the conversion.
25 g of oleyl 20EO-carboxylate was add to a reaction flask. 12 g of silica sulfuric acid was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 75°C. HPLC was run to confirm the final product. Basic work up (using base and water) afforded a mixture of oleyl 20EO-Carboxylate sulfonate surfactants (analogous to those shown in FIG. 4, but including an intervening 20EO segment). The phase behavior and aqueous stability was tested.
Phase Behavior and Aqueous Stability: The phase behavior was assayed to study the behavior of the surfactant formulation at reservoir temperature. Formulation 3 (MF-11) (1 wt% C28-35PO-30EO-AEC, 1 wt% CS1300, 1 wt% Oleyl 20EO Carboxylate sulfonate mixture) and formulation 4 (MF-10) (1% C28-35PO-30EO-AEC, 1% CS1300, 1% Oleyl 20EO carboxylate) were prepared and the phase behavior and aqueous stability were tested.
Results: After a few days a middle-phase microemulsion formed which showed an ultra- low interfacial tension with both the excess aqueous and oil phases.
The phase behavior results for formulation 3 at 110°C after 6 days are shown in FIG. 8. The aqueous stability for formulation 3 was 64,000 ppm TDS and S* was 45,000 ppm TDS. The phase behavior results for formulation 4 at 110°C after 2 days are shown in FIG. 9. The aqueous stability for formulation 4 was 64,000 ppm TDS and S* was 35,000 ppm (FIG. 9). Solubilization parameter for both formulation ~8 and calculated interfacial tension at optimum salinity is ~4.6xl 03 dynes/cm.
Table 2 below summarizes the results for the aqueous stability, optimum salinity, and solubilization parameter (SP) for formulation 3 and formulation 4. Table 2.
Figure imgf000091_0001
The compositions and methods of the appended claims are not limited in scope by the specific compositions and methods described herein, which are intended as illustrations of a few aspects of the claims. Any compositions and methods that are functionally equivalent are intended to fall within the scope of the claims. Various modifications of the compositions and methods in addition to those shown and described herein are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims. Further, while only certain representative compositions and method steps disclosed herein are specifically described, other combinations of the compositions and method steps also are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims, even if not specifically recited. Thus, a combination of steps, elements, components, or constituents may be explicitly mentioned herein or less, however, other combinations of steps, elements, components, and constituents are included, even though not explicitly stated.

Claims

1. A surfactant defined by Formula I below
R1-(CH2)-(AO)-HG
Formula I or a salt thereof, wherein
HG represents a head group comprising from 1-3 carboxylate moieties;
R1 represents a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy; n is an integer from 1 to 8;
AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; and w is an integer from 1 to 110.
2. The surfactant of claim 1, wherein AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group or a propoxy group.
3. The surfactant of any of claims 1-2, wherein w is an integer from 20 to 110, such as from 30 to 110, from 40 to 110, from 50 to 110, or from 60 to 110.
4. The surfactant of any of claims 1-3, wherein e is defined by the formula below
Figure imgf000092_0001
wherein w and n are as defined above in Formula I; and q is an integer equal to the number of carbon atoms in R1; and wherein e is from 0.5 to 6, such as from 1 to 6, from 1.5 to 5, from 2 to 4.5, or from 2 to
4.
5. The surfactant of any of claims 1-4, wherein the head group is defined by the formula below
Figure imgf000093_0001
or a salt thereof, where m is an integer from 1 to 6.
6. The surfactant of any of claims 1-4, wherein the head group is defined by the formula below
Figure imgf000093_0002
or a salt thereof, where p is an integer from 1 to 5.
7. The surfactant of any of claims 1-6, wherein the surfactant is defined by Formula IA below
R1-(CH2)-(BO)r(PO)-(EO)-HG Formula I A or a salt thereof, wherein
HG represents a head group comprising from 1-3 carboxylate moieties; n is an integer from 1 to 8;
R1 represents a C7-C32 alkyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, a C7-C32 alkenyl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy, or a C7-C32 alkenylaryl group substituted with from one to three sulfonate moieties and optionally with from one to three substituents selected from hydroxy and alkoxy;
BO represents a butyl eneoxy group;
PO represents a propyleneoxy group;
EO represents an ethyleneoxy group; x is an integer from 1 to 65; y is an integer from 0 to 65; and z is an integer from 0 to 45.
8. The surfactant of claim 7, wherein z is 0.
9. The surfactant of any of claims 7-8, wherein x is from 5 to 50, such as from 10 to 50, from 20 to 45, from 25 to 45, or from 25 to 40.
10. The surfactant of any of claims 7-9, wherein y is from 5 to 45, such as from 10 to 40, from 15 to 40, from 15 to 30, or from 15 to 25.
11. The surfactant of any of claims 7-10, wherein the ratio of x:(y+z) is from 0.5:1 to 2:1.
12. The surfactant of any of claims 7-10, wherein y is 0 and z is 0.
13. The surfactant of any of claims 1-12, where R1 comprises one of the following
Figure imgf000094_0001
or a salt thereof, wherein a is an integer from 0 to 32; and b is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of a and b is from 4 to 32.
14. A surfactant mixture comprising:
(a) a first surfactant defined by Formula II or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000095_0001
and
(b) a second surfactant defined by Formula III or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000095_0002
wherein one of D1 and D2 is a sulfonate group and one of D1 and D2 is hydrogen; one of E1 and E2 is a sulfonate group and one of E1 and E2 is hydroxy; e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32;
AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and p is an integer from 1 to 5.
15. The mixture of claim 14, wherein the first surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture; and the second surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
16. The mixture of any of claims 14-15, wherein the surfactant mixture further comprises (c) a third surfactant defined by Formula IV or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000096_0001
Formula IV and
(d) a fourth surfactant defined by Formula V or a salt thereof;
Figure imgf000096_0002
Formula V wherein one of D1 and D2 is a sulfonate group and one of D1 and D2 is hydrogen; one of E1 and E2 is a sulfonate group and one of E1 and E2 is hydroxy; e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32;
AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and m is an integer from 1 to 6.
17. The mixture of claim 16, wherein the third surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture; and the fourth surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
18. The mixture of any of claims 14-17, wherein the surfactant mixture further comprises a fifth surfactant defined by Formula VI or a salt thereof
Figure imgf000096_0003
Formula VI wherein e is an integer from 0 to 32 and f is an integer from 0 to 32, with the proviso that the sum of e and f is from 4 to 32;
AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group; w is an integer from 1 to 110; and p is an integer from 1 to 5.
19. The mixture of claim 18, wherein the fifth surfactant is present in an amount of from 1% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the surfactant mixture.
20. The mixture of any of claims 14-19, wherein AO represents, individually for each occurrence, an alkyleneoxy group selected from an ethoxy group or a propoxy group.
21. The mixture of any of claims 14-20, wherein w is, individually for each occurrence, an integer from 20 to 110, such as from 30 to 110, from 40 to 110, from 50 to 110, or from 60 to 110
22. The mixture of any of claims 14-21, wherein the sum of e and f is from 8 to 22.
23. An aqueous composition comprising water and a surfactant defined by any of claims 1- 13.
24. The composition of claim 20, wherein the composition comprises a surfactant mixture defined by any of claims 14-22.
25. The composition of any of claims 23-24, wherein the composition further comprises one or more co-surfactants, wherein the one or more co- surfactants comprise an anionic surfactant, a non-ionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, a zwitterionic surfactant, or any combination thereof; wherein the anionic surfactant comprises a sulfonate, a disulfonate, a sulfate, a disulfate, a sulfosuccinate, a disulfosuccinate, a carboxylate, a di carboxyl ate, or any combination thereof, wherein the anionic surfactant comprises one of the following: a branched or unbranched C6-C32:PO(0-65):EO(0-100)-carboxylate; a C8-C30 alkyl benzene sulfonate (ABS); a sulfosuccinate surfactant; a surfactant defined by the formula below
R1 — R2 — R3 wherein
R1 comprises a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-32 carbon atoms and an oxygen atom linking R1 and R2;
R2 comprises an alkoxylated chain comprising at least one oxide group selected from the group consisting of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide, and any combination thereof; and
R3 comprises a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon chain comprising 2-12 carbon atoms and from 2 to 5 carboxyl ate groups; a surfactant defined by the formula below
Figure imgf000098_0001
wherein
R4 is, individually for each occurrence, a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, cyclic or non-cyclic, hydrophobic carbon chain having 6-32 carbon atoms; and M represents a counterion; or any combination thereof; wherein the non-ionic surfactant comprises a branched or unbranched C6-C32:PO(0-65):EO(0- 100), such as a branched or unbranched C6-C30:PO(30-40):EO(25-35), a branched or unbranched C6-C12:PO(30-40):EO(25-35), or a branched or unbranched C6-C30:EO(8-30).
26. A method for treating a subterranean formation, the method comprising introducing an aqueous fluid comprising water and a surfactant defined by any of claims 1-13 through a wellbore into the subterranean formation.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein the composition comprises a surfactant mixture defined by any of claims 14-22.
28. The method of any of claims 26-27, wherein the aqueous fluid comprises a composition defined by any of claims 23-25.
29. The method of any of claims 26-28, wherein the method comprises a method for stimulating the subterranean formation that comprises:
(a) injecting the aqueous fluid through the wellbore into the subterranean formation;
(b) allowing the aqueous fluid to imbibe into a rock matrix of the subterranean formation for a period of time; and
(c) producing fluids from the subterranean formation through the wellbore.
30. The method of any of claims 26-28, wherein the method comprises a method for fracturing the subterranean formation that comprises:
(a) injecting the aqueous fluid into the subterranean formation through the wellbore at a sufficient pressure to create or extend at least one fracture in a rock matrix of the subterranean formation in fluid communication with the wellbore.
31. The method of claim 26-28, wherein the wellbore comprises an injection wellbore, and wherein the method comprises a method for hydrocarbon recovery that comprises:
(a) injecting the aqueous fluid through the injection wellbore into the subterranean formation; and
(b) producing fluids from a production wellbore spaced apart from the injection wellbore a predetermined distance and in fluid communication with the subterranean formation; wherein injection of the aqueous fluid increases a flow of hydrocarbons to the production wellbore.
32. A method of making a polyanionic surfactant, the method comprising: alkoxylating an unsaturated alcohol having from 8 to 36 carbons to form an alkyleneoxy- tipped unsaturated alcohol; reacting the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol to form an unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate; and sulfonating the unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate to form the polyanionic surfactant.
33. The method of claim 32, wherein reacting the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol comprises oxidizing the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol to form the unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate.
34. The method of claim 32, wherein reacting the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol comprises carboxyalkylation of the alkyleneoxy-tipped unsaturated alcohol to form the unsaturated alkoxylated carboxylate.
35. The method of any of claims 32-34, wherein the polyanionic surfactant comprises a surfactant defined by any of claims 1-13.
36. The method of any of claims 32-35, wherein the method generates a surfactant mixture defined by any of claims 14-22.
PCT/US2021/029127 2020-04-24 2021-04-26 Polyanionic surfactants and methods of making and using thereof WO2021217124A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21791734.3A EP4139413A4 (en) 2020-04-24 2021-04-26 Polyanionic surfactants and methods of making and using thereof
CN202180041147.3A CN115916924B (en) 2020-04-24 2021-04-26 Polyanionic surfactants and methods of making and using the same
CA3180689A CA3180689A1 (en) 2020-04-24 2021-04-26 Polyanionic surfactants and methods of making and using thereof
US17/920,973 US20230332037A1 (en) 2020-04-24 2021-04-26 Polyanionic surfactants and methods of making and using thereof
MX2022013118A MX2022013118A (en) 2020-04-24 2021-04-26 Polyanionic surfactants and methods of making and using thereof.

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202063015393P 2020-04-24 2020-04-24
US63/015,393 2020-04-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021217124A1 true WO2021217124A1 (en) 2021-10-28

Family

ID=78270072

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2021/029127 WO2021217124A1 (en) 2020-04-24 2021-04-26 Polyanionic surfactants and methods of making and using thereof

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US20230332037A1 (en)
EP (1) EP4139413A4 (en)
CN (1) CN115916924B (en)
AR (1) AR122443A1 (en)
CA (1) CA3180689A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2022013118A (en)
WO (1) WO2021217124A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1997039091A1 (en) * 1996-04-16 1997-10-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Mid-chain branched surfactants
US20170211016A1 (en) * 2012-04-24 2017-07-27 Stepan Company Synergistic surfactant blends
US20210102113A1 (en) * 2019-10-04 2021-04-08 King Fahd University Of Petroleum And Minerals Betaine surfactants containing an unsaturated fatty tail and methods thereof

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1998000498A1 (en) * 1996-06-28 1998-01-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Liquid cleaning compositions and shampoos containing dianionic or alkoxylated dianionic surfactants
CN102219897B (en) * 2010-04-15 2012-10-10 中国石油化工股份有限公司 Disulfonate gemini surfactant with high temperature and salt resistance and preparation method thereof
ES2833282T3 (en) * 2012-04-24 2021-06-14 Stepan Co Unsaturated fatty alcohol derivatives from natural oil metathesis
US11248160B2 (en) * 2018-01-30 2022-02-15 Chevron U.S.A. Inc. Compositions for use in oil and gas operations

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1997039091A1 (en) * 1996-04-16 1997-10-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Mid-chain branched surfactants
US20170211016A1 (en) * 2012-04-24 2017-07-27 Stepan Company Synergistic surfactant blends
US20210102113A1 (en) * 2019-10-04 2021-04-08 King Fahd University Of Petroleum And Minerals Betaine surfactants containing an unsaturated fatty tail and methods thereof

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4139413A4 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA3180689A1 (en) 2021-10-28
AR122443A1 (en) 2022-09-14
CN115916924A (en) 2023-04-04
MX2022013118A (en) 2023-01-11
EP4139413A1 (en) 2023-03-01
US20230332037A1 (en) 2023-10-19
CN115916924B (en) 2024-08-13
EP4139413A4 (en) 2024-05-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11787998B2 (en) Use of a borate-acid buffer in oil and gas operations
US20230167353A1 (en) Polyanionic surfactants and methods of making and using thereof
US20230332037A1 (en) Polyanionic surfactants and methods of making and using thereof
US20230183577A1 (en) Polyanionic surfactants and methods of making and using thereof
US20230257644A1 (en) Polyanionic surfactants and methods of making and using thereof
US20230183578A1 (en) Polyanionic surfactants and methods of making and using thereof
US12012549B2 (en) Methods of using olefin sulfonates
US12012547B2 (en) Olefin sulfonate compositions
US20220363979A1 (en) Olefin sulfonates
CA3168883A1 (en) Compositions and methods for the recovery of oil under harsh conditions

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21791734

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 3180689

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021791734

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20221124

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE